INTELLIGROUP INC
10-K, 1999-04-01
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: GOLDEN BEAR GOLF INC, NT 10-K, 1999-04-01
Next: SERACARE INC, SC 13D/A, 1999-04-01




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549
                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                         Commission file number 0-20943

                               INTELLIGROUP, INC.
           ---------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)


         New Jersey                                       11-2880025
- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 Incorporation or Organization)                                      

                  499 Thornall Street, Edison, New Jersey 08837
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                          (Zip Code)


                                 (732) 590-1600
                       ---------------------------------
                        (Registrant's Telephone Number,
                              Including Area Code)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


                                                      Name of each exchange
 Title of each class                                   on which registered
- ---------------------                              ----------------------------

None
- ---------------------------                        ----------------------------


           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)



<PAGE>


     Indicate by check mark  whether the  Registrant:  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.


               Yes:     X                      No:
                    --------                      --------


     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

     State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
of the  Registrant:  $54,920,024 at March 22, 1999 based on the last sales price
on that date.

     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  Registrant's
classes of common stock, as of March 22, 1999:


Class                                                        Number of Shares
- -----                                                        ----------------

Common Stock, $.01 par value                                     15,558,751

     The  following  documents  are  incorporated  by reference  into the Annual
Report on Form 10-K: Portions of the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for
its 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders  are incorporated by reference into Part
III of this Report.




                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

           Item                                                             Page
           ----                                                             ----

PART I     1.   Business....................................................  4

           2.   Properties.................................................. 18

           3.   Legal Proceedings........................................... 18

           4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders......... 20

PART II    5.   Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related
                Shareholder Matters......................................... 21

           6.   Selected Financial Data..................................... 22

           7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                Condition and Results of Operations......................... 24

           7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk... 34

           8.   Financial Statements........................................ 34

           9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                Accounting and Financial Disclosure......................... 34

PART III   10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control
                Persons; Compliance with Section 16 (a) of the
                Exchange Act................................................ 35

           11.  Executive Compensation...................................... 35

           12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                and Management.............................................. 35

           13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.............. 35

PART IV    14.  Exhibits, List and Reports on Form 8-K...................... 36

SIGNATURES      ............................................................ 37

EXHIBIT INDEX   ............................................................ 39

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................ F-1




                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
                                     PART I


ITEM 1.        BUSINESS.

GENERAL

     Overview

     Intelligroup,  Inc. ("Intelligroup" or the "Company") provides a wide range
of   information   technology   services,   including   management   consulting,
enterprise-wide  business process  solutions,  Internet  applications  services,
applications outsourcing and maintenance, web site design and customization,  IT
training solutions, systems integration and custom software development based on
leading technologies.

     The Company was  incorporated  in New Jersey in October 1987 under the name
Intellicorp,   Inc.  to  provide   systems   integration   and  custom  software
development. The Company's name was changed to Intelligroup,  Inc. in July 1992.
In March  1994,  the  Company  acquired  Oxford  Systems  Inc.  ("Oxford")  in a
pooling-of-interests  transaction.  On December 31, 1996, Oxford was merged into
the  Company  and  ceased  to  exist as an  independent  entity.  The  Company's
executive offices are located at 499 Thornall Street,  Edison,  New Jersey 08837
and its telephone number is (732) 590-1600.

     The Company has grown rapidly since 1994 when it made a strategic  decision
to diversify  its customer base by expanding  the scope of its  integration  and
development  services  and to utilize  software  developed  by SAP AG,  based in
Germany,  and distributed through its other subsidiaries  including SAP America,
Inc.  (collectively  "SAP")  as a  primary  tool  to  implement  enterprise-wide
business process solutions.

     SAP's software is representative  of a class of application  products known
as Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP") software.  ERP products are pre-packaged
solutions for business areas, including financial information, manufacturing and
human resources.  For prospective customers,  ERP products are an alternative to
the custom  design  and  development  of their own  applications.  Although  ERP
products are  pre-packaged,  there is a  significant  amount of  technical  work
involved  in  implementing  them  and  tailoring  their  use  for  a  particular
customer's  needs.  The  Company   recognized  that  this   implementation   and
customization   services  work  represented  a  significant  potential  business
opportunity.

     ERP  vendors  such as SAP,  Oracle,  PeopleSoft  and  Baan,  have a  vested
interest in encouraging third party service companies to provide  implementation
and customization  services to customers.  These vendors have established formal
programs  which are  designed  to recruit  and  authorize  third  party  service
companies as service partners.  Companies wishing to become authorized  partners
must meet  performance  criteria  established  by the ERP vendor.  They are then
allowed to use the vendor's  partner  designation and associated logo to promote
their own  services.  The ERP product  vendors  also  promote  these  authorized
partners to  customers  and  prospective  customers of their ERP  products.  The
Company  believes  that such  partner  status  with the ERP vendors has and will
continue to result in direct referrals and enhanced industry recognition.


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

     In 1995, the Company  achieved the status of a SAP National  Implementation
Partner.  In the same year,  the  Company  also began to  utilize  Oracle's  ERP
application  products to diversify its service  offerings.  In 1997, the Company
enhanced its partner status with SAP, by first  achieving  National Logo Partner
status and then  AcceleratedSAP  Partner  Status.  Also,  in 1997,  the  Company
further  diversified its ERP-based  service  offerings,  by beginning to provide
PeopleSoft  and Baan  implementation  services.  In July 1997,  the  Company was
awarded  PeopleSoft  implementation  partnership  status. In September 1997, the
Company was awarded Baan international  consulting  partnership  status. In June
1998, the Company also expanded its Oracle applications  implementation services
practice and added  upgrade  services to meet market demand of mid-size to large
companies that are implementing or upgrading Oracle applications.

     The Company's software  implementation,  custom development and maintenance
services are enhanced by  round-the-clock  access to qualified  and  experienced
programmers at its offices in the United States, United Kingdom, New Zealand and
at its  Advanced  Development  Center  ("ADC")  located  in  India.  The  ADC is
connected by dedicated, high speed satellite links to certain customer sites, as
well as to the Company's  operations  centers in the United  States,  the United
Kingdom and New Zealand.

     The Company  believes that the ADC is one of the world's  largest  offshore
SAP development centers. In 1998, the ADC was awarded ISO 9001 certification for
offshore  SAP  development.  ISO  9001  is an  international  certification  for
organizations,  which  achieve  and  demonstrate  required  levels of quality in
software  development  processes.  The Company  believes  that, at this time, no
other  services  company has  achieved ISO 9001  certification  for offshore SAP
development.

     The ADC is  operated  by  Intelligroup  Asia  Private  Ltd.  ("Intelligroup
Asia"). The Company owns 99.8% of the shares of Intelligroup Asia. The remaining
shares are  expected to be  transferred  to the Company by the founders in 1999.
Upon  consummation  of such transfer,  Intelligroup  Asia will be a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company.

     The Company provides its services directly to end-user organizations, or as
a  member  of  consulting  teams  assembled  by  other  information   technology
consulting  firms.  The  number of  customers  billed by the  Company  has grown
substantially  from three  customers in 1993 to  approximately  750 customers in
1998.  The  Company's  customers  are Fortune 1000 and other large and mid-sized
companies  in the  United  States  and  abroad.  They  include  Armstrong  World
Industries, AT&T, Block Drug Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb, IMC Global and Simon
&  Schuster.  The  Company  has  also  participated  in  project  teams  lead by
information  technology  consulting  firms such as Ernst & Young LLP, IBM Global
Services, KPMG LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     During  1998,  the Company  made the  decision to expand the  portfolio  of
services  offered to existing and potential ERP customers,  as well as customers
wishing to implement Internet-based  solutions.  These service offerings include
management  consulting,  Internet  solutions  and ERP and  Internet  application
outsourcing.  This  decision was based on the Company's  business  assessment of
customer needs over the life cycle of their  solution.  This  assessment  showed
that:

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

  o  many ERP and non-ERP  customers  need  business and  technology  consulting
                                            ------------------------------------
     assistance  to  prepare  and  optimize   systems  plans  to  support  their
     organization's business strategies;

  o  many ERP and non-ERP  customers need assistance in designing,  implementing
     and managing Internet and advanced technology  applications,  in areas such
                  --------------------------------
     as web commerce  and  procurement,  customer  relationship  management  and
     supply chain management; and

  o  many  customers  who  install  ERP  or  related  Internet   solutions  need
     assistance to maintain,  manage and operate those solutions and are open to
     proposals to outsource those functions.
                  ---------

     By providing a set of services  throughout a customers' solution life cycle
and  adding  Internet  solutions  services,  the  Company  believes  that  it is
leveraging  its strengths in the ERP market,  and  broadening  and expanding the
potential sources of future business opportunity.

     The Company's stated direction is to expand its service  offerings  through
an appropriate mix of internal growth and acquisitions. During 1998, the Company
expanded its service operations, both domestically and internationally,  through
a number of  acquisitions.  In May 1998,  the Company  expanded  its  PeopleSoft
services business in Europe, by acquiring the outstanding  capital stock of each
of CPI  Consulting  Limited  and CPI  Resources  Limited  (the "CPI  Companies")
located  in the  United  Kingdom.  The  CPI  Companies  provide  consulting  and
implementation  services related to PeopleSoft  applications.  In November 1998,
the Company acquired the outstanding capital stock of each of Azimuth Consulting
Limited,  Azimuth  Holdings  Limited,  Braithwaite  Richmond Limited and Azimuth
Corporation Limited (the "Azimuth  Companies") located primarily in New Zealand.
The Azimuth  Companies  provide business and management  consulting  services in
Australia,  New Zealand and Southeast  Asia.  See  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     In  December  1998,  the  Application   Management  Services  practice  was
reorganized as the worldwide Enterprise Sourcing Services ("ESS") practice.  The
ESS practice will focus on selling, delivering and supporting outsourced ERP and
Internet implementation and maintenance services. The offshore ADC in Hyderabad,
India is part of the ESS  practice.  The ADC  enables  ESS to take on larger and
more  complex  implementation  projects  and  outsourcing  arrangements,   while
maintaining our aggressive implementation schedules and cost-effective services.

     In January  1999,  in order to  augment  the  Internet/Advanced  Technology
practice,  the  Company  acquired  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  Network
Publishing,  Inc.  ("NPI") located in Provo,  Utah. NPI provides web site design
and front-end application solutions services. In February 1999, by way of merger
transactions,  the Company augmented the PeopleSoft practice in North America by
acquiring  Empower  Solutions,  L.L.C.  and its  affiliate  Empower,  Inc.  (the
"Empower Companies") located in Plymouth, Michigan.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>
     Trademarks and Service Marks

     "Intelligroup," "4Sight," "4Sight Plus", and the Company's logo are service
marks and "OIM" are trademarks of the Company.

     "Azimuth" is a trademark of Azimuth Consulting.

     "Empower Solutions" is a trademark of Empower Solutions.

     All other trade names,  trademarks or service marks  referenced  herein are
the property of their respective owners and are not the property of the Company.

     Safe Harbor Statements

     This Form 10-K contains  forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of
Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  including,
without  limitation,  statements  regarding the Company's  intention to shift to
higher margin turnkey  management  assignments and more complex  projects and to
utilize its proprietary  implementation  methodology in an increasing  number of
projects.  In addition,  statements regarding the Company's intent to expand its
service   offerings   through   internal  growth  and   acquisitions   are  also
forward-looking  statements.  Such forward-looking  statements include risks and
uncertainties, including, but not limited to:

  o  the substantial  variability of the Company's  quarterly  operating results
     caused by a variety of factors,  many of which are not within the Company's
     control,  including (a) patterns of software and hardware  capital spending
     by  customers,  (b)  information  technology  outsourcing  trends,  (c) the
     timing, size and stage of projects,  (d) timing and impact of acquisitions,
     (e) new service  introductions  by the Company or its  competitors  and the
     timing of new product  introductions  by the Company's  ERP  partners,  (f)
     levels  of  market  acceptance  for the  Company's  services,  (g)  general
     economic conditions, (h) the hiring of additional staff and (i) fixed price
     contracts;

  o  changes in the Company's billing and employee utilization rates;

  o  the Company's ability to manage its growth effectively,  which will require
     the Company (a) to  continue  developing  and  improving  its  operational,
     financial and other internal systems,  as well as its business  development
     capabilities,  (b) to  attract,  train,  retain,  motivate  and  manage its
     employees,  (c) to continue to maintain high rates of employee  utilization
     at profitable  billing rates,  (d) to successfully  integrate the personnel
     and  businesses  acquired  by the  Company,  and  (e) to  maintain  project
     quality,  particularly  if the size and  scope  of the  Company's  projects
     increase;

  o  the Company's ability to maintain an effective internal control structure;

  o  the  Company's  limited  operating  history  within  its  current  line  of
     business;

  o  the Company's reliance on a continued relationship with SAP America and the
     Company's present status as a SAP National Logo Partner;


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>
  o  the Company's substantial reliance on key customers and large projects;

  o  the highly competitive nature of the markets for the Company's services;

  o  the Company's  ability to  successfully  address the continuing  changes in
     information  technology,  evolving industry standards and changing customer
     objectives and preferences;

  o  the  Company's  reliance on the  continued  services  of its key  executive
     officers and leading technical personnel;

  o  the Company's  ability to attract and retain a sufficient  number of highly
     skilled employees in the future;

  o  the  Company's  ability to continue to diversify its  offerings,  including
     growth in its Oracle, Baan and PeopleSoft services;

  o  uncertainties  resulting from pending litigation matters and from potential
     administrative and regulatory immigration and tax law matters;

  o  the Company's ability to protect its intellectual property rights; and

  o  Year 2000  compliance of vendors'  products and related  issues,  including
     impact of the Year 2000 problem on customer buying patterns.

     As a result of these factors and others,  the Company's  actual results may
differ materially from the results disclosed in such forward-looking statements.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     Many  large  and  mid-sized  businesses  face a rapidly  changing  business
environment,  including intense global competition,  accelerating  technological
change,   and  the  need  to  embrace  emerging  web  commerce  and  procurement
strategies.  Such businesses continually seek to improve the quality of products
and services,  lower costs, reduce cycle times,  optimize their supply chain and
increase value to customers.  Businesses are implementing and utilizing advanced
information  and  Internet  technology  solutions,  that enable them to redesign
their business processes in such areas as product development, service delivery,
manufacturing, sales and human resources.

     Many  businesses  have  adopted   information   systems   strategies  using
client/server architectures based on personal computers, local area network/wide
area network ("LAN/WAN"),  shared databases and packaged software  applications.
Frequently  these  strategies are intended to replace legacy systems,  which are
often  mainframe-based,  running  proprietary  software and  applications.  Such
client/server systems, when developed and implemented appropriately,  enable the
creation  and  utilization  of more  functional,  flexible  and  cost  effective
applications, which are critical to the competitive needs of businesses.

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

     As part of their client/server strategies,  organizations often acquire, or
consider   acquisition   of,   packaged    enterprise-wide   business   software
applications,  including  those  offered by leading  ERP  vendors,  such as SAP,
Oracle,   PeopleSoft  or  Baan.  These  applications  are  then  implemented  or
customized  to  meet  their  particular  business  needs.   Alternatively,   the
organizations may develop,  or commission  development of,  customized  software
applications to meet their needs.

     For many  customers,  the issue of Year 2000  compliance  has driven  their
decisions  to migrate to new  client/server-based  ERP  solutions.  Others  have
decided to retain their legacy  mainframe  applications  and make them Year 2000
compliant, rather than replacing them. In both cases, these customers now have a
set of core  operations  applications  which they use to support  their  central
business  processes.  These  customers may now face competing  internal  demands
against their budgets and  resources.  The customers  must balance  demands from
their user departments for new,  innovative  business  applications  against the
absolute  requirement  to  maintain,  manage and  optimize  the core  operations
applications.  These  competing  demands  reflect  areas of  potential  business
opportunity  for the  Company in the areas of  management  consulting,  Internet
solutions and the outsourcing of ERP applications maintenance.

     Intense   competitive   and  market   pressures   continue  to  force  many
organizations  to  look  for   improvements  in  the  quality,   efficiency  and
responsiveness of their end-to-end  business models. This would normally require
an in-depth  analysis of their business  strategies,  operational  processes and
supporting delivery mechanisms,  including  information systems.  Customers will
sometimes retain external  business and management  consulting  organizations to
assist with this analysis and the preparation of relevant recommendations.

     Two consistent  conclusions result from customers'  analyses.  The first is
the importance of timely access to relevant information, tools and applications,
at reasonable cost, for customers,  suppliers,  business partners and employees.
The  second  conclusion  is  that,   because  of  its  low  cost  and  universal
availability, the Internet and associated browser and web technology is becoming
the de-facto  information  access and delivery  standard for many  organizations
around  the  world.  Together,  these  are  leading  to a new class of web site,
commonly  called  "enterprise  information  portals".  These  sites  need  to be
designed and implemented to provide access to all information,  applications and
communications  tools  required for internal and external users to perform their
designated business functions.

     The majority of customers who have implemented,  or are  implementing,  ERP
solutions  have  been  Fortune  2000  companies.   The  Company   believes  that
opportunities  for  new ERP  implementations  will  continue  to  exist  in this
segment,  as these companies  deploy ERP solutions to subsidiaries and operating
units.  In addition,  these customers are also faced with the need to manage and
maintain their ERP applications.  The Company believes that there is significant
potential business opportunity for implementing ERP version-to-version  upgrades
and also for application outsourcing.

     Because of the ERP  penetration  of Fortune 2000  customers,  the marketing
focus of the ERP vendors has turned toward mid-market clients. In addition,  the
leading ERP vendors are also realigning their sales organizations along industry
segments (e.g. manufacturing, finance etc.). The mid-market segment presents the
most  opportunity for new ERP product sales and


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

implementations.  Many of these  companies are growing rapidly and are likely to
have the  need  for core financial  and  other  operations  systems  that can be
addressed by ERP products.  The Company believes that opportunity exists for ERP
implementation  services  to  mid-market  clients.  This  segment  is very  cost
conscious and will require a highly efficient services delivery model.

     In both the Fortune 2000 and mid-market segments, the Company believes that
enterprise   information   portals  will  become  a  focus  of  many  customers'
information  systems plans.  Enterprise  information portals provide customized,
integrated access to information, tools and applications. Much of the demand for
new  applications,  to be  accessed  via  the  portals,  will be  driven  by the
customers' need to compete on such fronts as web commerce, customer relationship
management,  sales force automation and supply chain integration.  A new wave of
product vendors has emerged,  which address these new application  requirements.
These  include  providers  of packaged  applications,  as well as  providers  of
middleware  frameworks  designed to simplify the task of building or integrating
custom  applications.  Often,  integration  of these new  applications  with the
customers' core ERP or legacy-based business systems will be critical.

     The task of developing and implementing enterprise-wide,  mission-critical,
information  solutions is complex. It presents  significant  challenges for most
customer organizations and can be a time consuming and costly undertaking, which
typically   requires   significant   allocation  of  organizational   resources.
Information  technology  managers must integrate and manage information  systems
environments  consisting of multiple  computing  platforms,  operating  systems,
databases and networking protocols,  and as well as multiple packaged and custom
developed applications.

     Companies must also  continually keep pace with a broad and often confusing
array of new technological  developments,  which can render internal information
technology skills obsolete.  Professionals with the requisite  technology skills
often are in short supply and many  organizations  are reluctant to expand their
internal  information  systems department for particular  projects.  At the same
time,  external economic factors encourage  organizations to focus on their core
competencies and trim work forces in the information technology management area.
Accordingly,  organizations often lack sufficient, and/or appropriate, technical
resources  necessary to design,  develop,  implement and manage the  information
technology solutions needed to support their business needs.

     To support their information technology needs, many businesses increasingly
engage experienced outside specialists for assistance across the full life cycle
of their  solutions.  Because of the  heightened  business  pressures they face,
these customers are demanding innovative solutions, in shorter timeframes,  with
lower life cycle cost of ownership, at higher levels of quality and service, all
with lower risk to themselves and their businesses.

     As a result of these industry dynamics,  demand for information  technology
services  has  grown   significantly   and   changed.   It  has  moved  from  an
implementation  focus to one addressing an integrated view of corporate business
and information  processes;  it has also moved to a focus on value-based pricing
and cost of ownership  over the total life cycle of the solution.  These changes
favor  services  companies  which can provide high quality,  low cost life cycle
services, and which address high value solution areas for clients' businesses.

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
THE INTELLIGROUP SOLUTION

     Intelligroup  improves  its  clients'  business  performance,  through  the
intelligent  application  of  information  technology.  Intelligroup  provides a
continuum  of services  throughout  our  clients'  solution  life  cycle.  These
services   comprise   management   consulting,    ERP   solutions   design   and
implementation,  Internet  consulting  and solution  development  and enterprise
outsourcing.

     The Company delivers to our clients timely,  cost-effective  and innovative
ERP, Internet and maintenance solutions by combining our:

     Proven  Offshore  Development and  Maintenance  Model:  The Company has the
ability to  develop,  implement  and  maintain  business  solutions  through its
offshore ADC, at high quality and low cost. The ADC, which the Company  believes
is one of the world's largest SAP offshore  development and maintenance centers,
is ISO 9001 certified for SAP offshore development. The center is process driven
and connected to the Company's  operations  centers in Asia/Pacific,  the United
States and Europe via high-speed satellite links. The center operates on a 24x7,
round-the-clock  basis,  allowing next business day turn-around of work units to
clients. Combining the center's quality processes,  skilled development team and
low cost of  operation  allows the  Company to compete  for  implementation  and
maintenance contracts on a fixed price/fixed time basis.

     Expertise in a Wide Range of Technologies,  Industries and Disciplines: The
Company's  consultants  have  expertise  with SAP,  Oracle,  PeopleSoft and Baan
products and with a wide variety of leading  computing  technologies,  including
Internet,  client/server  architectures,   object-oriented  technologies,  CASE,
distributed  database management systems,  mainframe  connectivity,  LAN/WAN and
telecommunications  technologies.  The Company  believes  that its personnel are
effective because of their technical  excellence,  their industry experience and
their  strong  grounding  in  the  disciplines  of  project  implementation  and
management.

     Customer-Driven  Approach:  The Company's  project managers and consultants
maintain  on-going  communication and close interaction with customers to ensure
that  they are  involved  in all  facets  of a  project  and that the  solutions
designed and implemented by the Company meet the customer's needs. The Company's
goal is to provide  training to its  customers  during a project to achieve high
levels  of  self-sufficiency   among  its  customers'  end  users  and  internal
information  technology  personnel.  The  Company  believes  that its ability to
deliver the requisite  knowledge  base to its customers is critical to fostering
long-term relationships with, and generating referrals from, existing customers.

     Accelerated   Implementation  Methodology  and  Toolset:  The  Company  has
developed  a  proprietary  implementation  methodology,  4Sight,  as  well  as a
software-based  implementation  toolset,  4Sight  Plus,  which are  designed  to
minimize the time required to develop and implement SAP, Oracle,  PeopleSoft and
Baan  solutions  for its  customers.  4Sight and 4Sight Plus are  designed to be
technology  independent and modular,  and have also been extended to support the
Company's Internet solutions engagements.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
INTELLIGROUP SERVICES

     Intelligroup  provides a wide  range of  information  technology  services,
including (i) management consulting services;  (ii) ERP solutions utilizing SAP,
as well as  Oracle,  PeopleSoft  and Baan  products,  all of which  are  leading
software  applications;  (iii) internet solution  services;  and (iv) enterprise
sourcing  services   (outsourcing)  for  the  maintenance,   administration  and
operations of customers' ERP and Internet solutions.

     Historically,  the Company's services have ranged from providing  customers
with a single consultant to  multi-personnel  full-scale  projects.  The Company
provides these services to its customers primarily on a time and materials basis
and pursuant to agreements,  which are terminable upon relatively  short notice.
As the Company has  re-oriented  itself towards  serving our clients' needs over
their  solutions'  entire life cycle, we are beginning to enter into outsourcing
agreements with customers. The contractual arrangements in these situations will
typically  be fixed  term,  fixed  price  and  multi-year,  as is  common in the
outsourcing  market. The Company's focus on life cycle services is also intended
to encourage ongoing and recurring service  relationships,  rather than one-time
implementation engagements.

MANAGEMENT CONSULTING

     During 1998, the Company's  management  consulting  practice has focused on
two areas: (i) Business  Consulting  (covering Business Process  Re-engineering,
Change Management, IT Strategy and Software selection); and (ii) Leasing & Asset
Management.

     The Company  believes that significant  value is provided to customers,  by
providing business consulting services. Such services also have the potential to
stimulate additional revenue  opportunities for the Company, in the execution of
recommendations   made  to  clients.   The  acquisition  of  Azimuth  Consulting
significantly  strengthens  Intelligroup's  management consulting  capabilities.
Founded  in  1984,   Azimuth  has  built  a  strong  IT  management   consulting
organization  with  operations in New Zealand,  Australia,  the  Philippines and
other Southeast Asian  countries.  Azimuth operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary
of  Intelligroup  with  headquarters  in  Wellington,  New Zealand.  The Company
intends to integrate its existing  management  consulting services groups in the
United  States and Europe,  under  Azimuth  worldwide.  The Company is currently
re-evaluating its Leasing and Asset Management solution offerings.

ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING SOLUTIONS

     The Company  designs,  develops,  integrates and  implements  sophisticated
business process  solutions based on SAP, Oracle,  PeopleSoft and Baan products,
utilizing our best business practices,  methodologies and toolsets.  The Company
believes that its expertise in a wide variety of technologies,  coupled with its
ability to  provide  comprehensive  business  process  solutions  and timely and
cost-effective  implementation of new business systems, enables its customers to
achieve  substantial  improvements  in  efficiency  and  effectiveness  in their
businesses and fosters long-term customer relationships.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

     Accelerated  Implementation  Methodology  and  Toolset:  As a result of our
experience in implementing ERP software, the Company has developed a proprietary
methodology  (4Sight) and  associated  toolset  (4Sight  Plus) for  implementing
enterprise business software  applications.  4Sight Plus also contains a project
management   and  tracking   tool,   which  the  Company   utilizes  to  monitor
implementation  projects  undertaken for clients.  The Company believes that the
use of 4Sight and 4Sight Plus, throughout an implementation  project, may enable
its customers to realize significant savings in time and resources. Furthermore,
the Company  believes that use of 4Sight Plus also shortens the turn-around time
for program  development,  as it streamlines  the  information  flow between the
Company's offices and customer sites.

     4Sight  and  4Sight  Plus,  initially  used  by  the  Company  in  projects
implementing  SAP,  were  designed  to be portable  to other  packaged  software
applications  and to be adaptable to the scope of a particular  project.  4Sight
and  4Sight   Plus  have  been   adapted   for  Baan,   Oracle  and   PeopleSoft
implementations.

INTERNET SOLUTIONS SERVICES

     In 1998,  the Company  created a practice  focusing on  providing  Internet
consulting  and  application  development  services,  designed to help companies
develop  innovative ways to reach their customers,  suppliers and target markets
by leveraging the power of the Internet and corporate  intranets.  This practice
developed expertise in Internet technologies as well as the integration of those
technologies with ERP and legacy systems.

     The Company's  core  expertise has been in the  technical  development  and
integration  of the  solutions.  However,  a key  element  of the new  breed  of
Internet solution relates to the projection of the customers'  offering to their
intended Internet audience. The Company,  however, did not possess this required
expertise  in  brand  marketing,   graphic  and  multimedia  design.   With  the
acquisition  of NPI,  the  Company is now able to  provide  those  services  and
provide a complete  Internet solution which combines NPI's web design capability
with   Intelligroup's   expertise  in  Internet   application   development  and
integration with ERP systems.

     NPI has built a strong  track  record in  designing  web-sites  that enable
clients to achieve the desired sales and marketing impact. Its customers include
a number of Fortune 500 companies in such  industries as automotive,  technology
and   entertainment.   The  Company   intends  to  leverage  its  proven  4Sight
methodologies  and  offshore  development  model  to  pursue  Internet  business
opportunities.  The Company believes that the existing set of ERP customers will
be a receptive  audience for the Company's Internet  solutions.  These customers
represent a large and well-defined target, which can be reached by the Company's
direct sales and marketing activities.

     A wide variety of Internet solutions may be offered to prospective clients,
including electronic commerce, customer interaction,  sales force automation and
web training.  The Company intends to promote the use of enterprise  information
portals in marketing its Internet solutions services.


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
ENTERPRISE SOURCING SERVICES

     The ESS practice focuses on selling,  delivering and supporting  outsourced
ERP and Internet  implementation and maintenance  services.  The offshore ADC in
Hyderabad,  India is part of the ESS  practice.  ESS  provides  full life  cycle
support  of  ERP  and  Internet   applications  through  the  following  service
offerings:

     o     Offshore Support: These services are provided in conjunction with the
           Company's  ERP and  Internet  practices,  allowing  them  to  provide
           clients  with  high  quality,  low  cost and  time-dependent  project
           implementation services.

     o     Outsourcing:   The  Company   provides   clients   with   application
           management,  support and maintenance services.  These services may be
           provided on-site,  off-site through the Company's  operations centers
           and ADC, or a combination of both on-site and off-site. The Company's
           low cost,  high  quality  ADC  delivery  model  allows the Company to
           compete for long term fixed price/fixed time contracts.

     The ESS  practice  teams  with  the  Company's  various  ERP  and  Internet
practices  on their  implementation  projects,  and will  take the lead  role in
selling and delivering longer term outsourcing relationships.

     Advanced  Development  Center:  The ADC is an  important  component  of the
Company's value  proposition to customers.  The Company utilizes the programmers
at the ADC, in conjunction  with its consultants in the United States who are on
site at customer locations, to provide its customers with savings in development
and implementation  costs and time to project completion.  The center allows the
Company to provide cost-effective, timely and high quality software development,
maintenance and support services to customers  throughout the world. We are able
to deliver high value services at attractive  prices due to the  following:  (i)
the high level of expertise and  experience of our ADC  consultant  programmers;
(ii) the rigorous  application  of the  Company's  proprietary  4Sight  software
project methodologies,  tools and project management disciplines;  and (iii) the
cost structures associated with the ADC's offshore location in Hyderabad, India.

     The ADC is connected by dedicated,  high-speed  satellite links, to certain
customer sites, as well as the Company's  headquarters in the United States, its
European  headquarters in the United Kingdom and its office in New Zealand.  The
ADC is staffed by over 200 qualified and  experienced  programmers.  The ADC has
performed  work on projects  with SAP,  as well as with Baan and certain  custom
Internet solutions. As the Company expands both its ERP and Internet businesses,
the ADC is being prepared to undertake projects in any of the four ERP practices
(SAP,  Baan,  Oracle  and  PeopleSoft),  as well as certain  Internet  and other
advanced technologies.

SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company  historically  has generated new sales leads from (i) referrals
from  existing  customers,  (ii)  introductions  to  potential  customers by the
Company's  alliance  partners,  which often need to recommend  qualified systems
integrators to implement their software products, and (iii) internally generated
sales.  In addition,  the Company has been introduced to customers by

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

certain of its competitors,  such as the "Big Five" accounting  firms,  which at
times require the Company's expertise and ability to deliver qualified personnel
for complex projects.

     The Company has  dedicated  an  increased  level of  resources to sales and
marketing  efforts.  The Company will continue to market to potential  customers
with  demonstrated  needs  for  the  Company's  expertise  in ERP  and  Internet
solutions.  The Company intends to implement focused sales management  programs,
to leverage its relationships with existing customers, as well as those with ERP
and other product  vendors.  In particular,  the Company has reorganized its SAP
practice  along  industry lines and will endeavor to partner with SAP's industry
sales organization to seek and close business opportunities.

     Among its sales and  marketing  efforts,  the  Company's  has exhibited and
presented the Company's  expertise at trade events  associated  with the primary
ERP offerings.  These include events such as SAPPHIRE, the annual SAP conference
for SAP service providers and end-users, the Americas SAP User Group, the Oracle
Americas  User Group,  BaanWorld  and the  PeopleSoft  Users Group.  The Company
intends to continue participation in such industry-recognized programs and trade
shows.

     Most importantly,  however,  the Company believes that satisfying  customer
expectations  within  budgets and time  schedules is critical to gaining  repeat
business and obtaining new business from referrals. The Company believes that it
has  consistently  met  customer  expectations  with respect to budgets and time
schedules.

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company's  sales and marketing group consisted
of 35 employees in the United States,  2 for Europe,  and 9 for the Asia Pacific
region.  The Company  markets and  delivers  its  services  to  customers  on an
international basis through its network of offices.  The Company's  headquarters
in New  Jersey  and  its  branch  offices  in  Phoenix,  AZ;  Foster  City,  CA;
Washington, DC; Miami, FL; Atlanta, GA; Chicago, IL; Detroit, MI; Dallas, TX and
Reston,  VA serve the United  States  market.  In addition,  the  Company,  also
maintains  offices in Europe  (Denmark,  the United  Kingdom and Belgium);  Asia
Pacific  (Australia,  India,  Japan,  New Zealand,  Philippines  and Singapore).
Azimuth  Consulting  will operate  worldwide,  as a wholly owned  subsidiary  of
Intelligroup  with  headquarters  in  Wellington,  New  Zealand.  The  Company's
existing management  consulting services groups in the United States and Europe,
will be merged with Azimuth worldwide.

     The  Company's  services  require a  substantial  financial  commitment  by
customers and,  therefore,  typically involve a long sales cycle. Once a lead is
generated,  the Company endeavors to understand quickly the potential customer's
business needs and objectives in order to develop the  appropriate  solution and
bid  accordingly.  The Company's  project  managers are involved  throughout the
sales cycle to ensure mutual understanding of customer goals,  including time to
completion,  and technological  requirements.  Sales cycles for complex business
solutions  projects  typically  range from one to six  months  from the time the
Company  initially meets with a prospective  customer until the customer decides
whether to authorize commencement of an engagement.


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
CUSTOMERS

     The Company provides its services  directly to Fortune 2000 and other large
and mid-sized companies, many of which have information-intensive, multinational
operations,  or as a member of a consulting team assembled by other  information
technology  consultants,  such as "Big  Five"  accounting  firms.  The number of
customers billed by the Company has grown  substantially from three customers in
1993 to approximately 750 customers in the year ended December 31, 1998.

     The  Company's  ten largest  customers  accounted  for,  in the  aggregate,
approximately  50%,  46%  and  34%  of its  revenue  in  1996,  1997  and  1998,
respectively. During 1996 and 1997, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Bristol-Myers
Squibb each  accounted  for more than 10% of  revenue.  During  1998,  no single
customer  accounted for more than 10% of revenue.  In 1996,  1997 and 1998, 34%,
32% and 25% respectively, of the Company's revenue was generated by serving as a
member  of  consulting  teams  assembled  by  leading   information   technology
consulting  firms  retained  by  organizations  to manage  projects  to  provide
enterprise-wide business process solutions.

     Although  the Company has  contracts  with many of its large  customers  to
provide its services,  in general such contracts are terminable  upon relatively
short  notice,  typically  not more than 30 days.  Under the ESS  practice,  the
Company  expects to compete for multi-year  fixed term,  fixed price  contracts.
There can be no assurance  that the Company's  customers  will continue to enter
into  contracts  with  the  Company  or  that  existing  contracts  will  not be
terminated.

     Many of the Company's engagements involve projects that are critical to the
operations  of its  customers'  businesses  and  provide  benefits  that  may be
difficult to quantify.  The Company's  failure or inability to meet a customer's
expectations  in the  performance  of its  services  could  result in a material
adverse  change to the customer's  operations  giving rise to claims for damages
against the Company or causing  damage to the  Company's  reputation,  adversely
affecting  its  business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  In
addition,  certain of the Company's  agreements  with its customers  require the
Company to indemnify the customer for damages arising from services provided to,
or on  behalf  of,  such  customer.  Under  certain  of the  Company's  customer
contracts,  the Company  warrants  that it will repair  errors or defects in its
deliverables  without  additional  charge to the  customer.  The Company has not
experienced,  to date, any material claims against such warranties.  The Company
has purchased and maintains errors and omissions insurance to insure the Company
for damages and expenses  incurred in connection  with alleged  negligent  acts,
errors or omissions.

COMPETITION

     The markets for the Company's services are highly competitive.  The Company
believes that its principal competitors include the internal information systems
groups  of its  prospective  customers,  as well  as the  following  classes  of
companies (some of which are also customers of the Company):

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

     o    Consulting  and  software   integration   firms:   including  Andersen
          Consulting,  IBM Global Services,  Cambridge Technology Partners,  MCI
          Systemhouse, Computer Sciences Corporation and others.

     o    "Big Five" accounting firms:  Deloitte & Touche,  Ernst & Young, KPMG,
          PricewaterhouseCoopers.

     o    Software applications vendors: SAP, Oracle, Baan and PeopleSoft.

     In addition,  the Company  competes with smaller  companies  such as Plaut,
Clarkson-Potomac, Whittman-Hart and Origin.

     Many of the Company's competitors have longer operating histories,  possess
greater industry and name recognition and have significantly  greater financial,
technical  and  marketing  resources  than the Company.  In addition,  there are
relatively low barriers to entry into the Company's  markets and the Company has
faced, and expects to continue to face, additional competition from new entrants
into its markets.

     The Company believes that the principal  competitive factors in its markets
include  quality  of  service  and   deliverables,   speed  of  development  and
implementation,  price, project management capability and technical and business
expertise. The Company believes that its ability to compete also depends in part
on a number of competitive factors outside its control, including the ability of
its competitors to hire,  retain and motivate  project managers and other senior
technical staff, the development by others of services that are competitive with
the  Company's  services and the extent of its  competitors'  responsiveness  to
customer needs.

     The Company  believes that it competes  based on its  expertise  across the
full life cycle of our  clients'  ERP and  Internet  solutions.  This  expertise
includes management  consulting skills, plus design and implementation skills in
ERP  products  (primarily  SAP,  Oracle,  PeopleSoft  and  Baan),  Internet  and
application  integration and application outsourcing related to those solutions.
There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to continue to compete
successfully with existing and new competitors.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company employed 1,260 full-time employees, of
whom 957 were engaged as consultants or as software developers,  46 were engaged
in sales and marketing,  and 257 were engaged in sales and delivery  management,
finance and administration.  Of the total number of employees, 631 were based in
the United States,  522 were based in the Asia Pacific region and 107 were based
in Europe.  In addition,  the Company  engaged 102  independent  contractors  to
perform information technology services.

     None of the  Company's  employees  is  covered by a  collective  bargaining
agreement. Substantially all of the Company's employees have executed employment
agreements  containing  non-competition,   non-disclosure  and  non-solicitation
clauses.  In addition,  the Company requires that all new employees execute such
agreements  as a condition of employment  by the Company.  The Company  believes
that it has been successful in attracting and retaining skilled and


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

experienced personnel. There is increasing competition for experienced sales and
marketing  personnel and technical  professionals.  The Company's future success
will depend in part on its ability to  continue  to attract,  retain,  train and
motivate highly qualified  personnel.  The Company considers  relations with its
employees to be good.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

     The  Company's  success  is  dependent,   in  part,  upon  its  proprietary
accelerated implementation methodology, development tools and other intellectual
property  rights.  The  Company  relies  upon a  combination  of  trade  secret,
non-disclosure and other contractual  arrangements,  and copyright and trademark
laws,  to protect its  proprietary  rights.  The Company  generally  enters into
confidentiality  agreements with its employees,  consultants and customers,  and
limits access to and  distribution of its proprietary  information.  The Company
also requires that  substantially all of its employees and consultants assign to
the Company their rights in  intellectual  property  developed while employed or
engaged by the Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the steps taken by the
Company  in this  regard  will be  adequate  to  deter  misappropriation  of its
proprietary  information or that the Company will be able to detect unauthorized
use of and take appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company owns no real  property  and  currently
leases or subleases all of its office space. The Company leases its headquarters
in Edison, New Jersey, totaling approximately 48,475 square feet. Such lease has
an initial  term of ten (10) years,  which  commenced  in  September  1998.  The
Company uses such facility for certain  technical and support  personnel,  sales
and marketing,  administrative,  finance and management  personnel.  The Company
also leases or subleases  offices for its sales and  operations in Phoenix,  AZ;
Foster City, CA; Washington,  DC; Miami, FL; Atlanta,  GA; Chicago, IL; Detroit,
MI; Dallas, TX; and Reston, VA; and operations in Hyderabad,  India;  Australia;
Denmark; Japan; New Zealand; Singapore and the United Kingdom. The Company is in
the process of opening a sales office in Brussels, Belgium. In October 1998, the
Company  finalized  an  agreement  to  sublet  the  space  used  for  its  prior
headquarters  for the  remainder  of the  term of its  sublease,  which  expires
November 15, 1999.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     On February 16, 1996, the Company,  as plaintiff,  filed a complaint in the
Superior Court of New Jersey,  Chancery  Division,  Middlesex County,  against a
former  consultant  to the Company,  seven  former  employees of the Company and
Pegasus Systems, Inc. ("Pegasus"), a corporation which currently employs certain
of such individuals (collectively, the "Defendants"). The complaint, which seeks
damages and  injunctive  relief  against the  Defendants,  alleges,  among other
things,   misappropriation  of  proprietary  information,   unfair  competition,
tortious interference,  breach of employment agreements,  breach of a consulting
agreement between the Company and Pegasus,  and breach of duty of loyalty,  good
faith and fair dealing. Upon the filing of its complaint, the Company obtained a
temporary  restraining  order and in May 1996 obtained a preliminary  injunction
prohibiting the Defendants from using or disclosing the Company's

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

proprietary   information,   prohibiting   the  Defendants  from  contacting  or
soliciting  certain of the Company's  customers and  prohibiting  the Defendants
from  recruiting or attempting  to recruit the  Company's  employees,  agents or
contractors.  The preliminary  injunction remains in effect. The Defendants have
filed an answer and  counterclaim.  Pegasus  has  asserted a breach of  contract
counterclaim  against the Company alleging that the Company owes it $129,000 for
consulting services.  Pegasus and two of the individual Defendants also asserted
claims against the Company and two of its officers for tortious interference and
defamation.  In addition, one of the individual Defendants has asserted that the
Company  owes him $70,000 in  commissions.  In addition to monetary  damages the
Defendants  seek  injunctive  relief.  The  Defendants  unsuccessfully  sought a
temporary  restraining  order  against the  Company.  On October 13,  1998,  the
parties  negotiated  a  settlement  to dispose of all  claims  asserted  in this
lawsuit  as well as  those  asserted  in the  claim  against  Sophien  Bennaceur
(discussed  below).  The Company  drafted and circulated a settlement  agreement
which,  if executed,  would  dispose of both  lawsuits.  On March 11, 1999,  the
Company filed a Motion to Enforce the  settlement  agreement in light of Sophien
Bennaceur's failure to execute such settlement  agreement.  The Company does not
believe that the outcome of these claims and counterclaims  will have a material
effect  upon  the  Company's   business,   financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.

     On February 13, 1998,  Russell  Schultz,  a former employee of the Company,
filed a complaint in the Superior  Court of New Jersey,  Law Division,  Monmouth
County, naming the Company as a defendant.  The complaint,  which seeks damages,
alleges,  among other things,  that the Company  misrepresented  plaintiff's job
description in order to induce plaintiff to leave his prior employer,  failed to
provide  stock  options  to  the  plaintiff  and  violated  plaintiff's  written
employment  contract.  The Company was served  with the  complaint  on March 16,
1998.  Subsequently,  on July 10,  1998,  upon the  Company's  Motion  to Compel
Arbitration,  the court dismissed the plaintiff's  complaint without  prejudice.
Subsequently, the plaintiff's motion to reconsider the dismissal was denied. The
plaintiff  filed  his  demand  for  Arbitration  with the  American  Arbitration
Association  on February  17, 1999 and the Company  filed its answer on February
26, 1999.  It is too early in the dispute  process to determine  the impact,  if
any,  that  such  dispute  will  have  upon the  Company's  business,  financial
condition or results of operations.

     On May 28, 1998, the Company and Rajkumar  Koneru,  as plaintiffs,  filed a
complaint in the United  States  District  Court for the District of New Jersey,
against Sophien  Bennaceur,  a former  employee and officer of the Company.  The
complaint,  which seeks damages and  injunctive  relief  against the  defendant,
alleges among other things,  misappropriation of proprietary information, breach
of employment  agreement,  breach of fiduciary duty and duty of loyalty,  unfair
competition  and  tortious  interference.  The  defendant  was  served  with the
complaint and filed an answer on July 9, 1998. On October 13, 1998,  the parties
negotiated  a  settlement  to dispose of all claims  asserted in this lawsuit as
well as those asserted in the Pegasus litigation  (discussed above). The Company
drafted and circulated a settlement agreement which, if executed,  would dispose
of both  lawsuits.  On March 11, 1999, the Company filed a Motion to Enforce the
settlement  agreement  in light of Sophien  Bennaceur's  failure to execute such
settlement agreement.


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

     There is no other  material  litigation  pending to which the  Company is a
party or to which any of its property is subject.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     Not applicable.




                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

                                     PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

     The Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq  National Market (the "NNM")
under the symbol "ITIG" since  September  27, 1996 when the Company  consummated
its initial public  offering.  The following  table sets forth,  for each of the
periods  indicated,  the high and low sale  prices per share of Common  Stock as
quoted on the NNM.  The  prices  shown  represent  quotations  among  securities
dealers,  do not include retail  markups,  markdowns or commissions  and may not
represent actual transactions.

                    Quarter Ended             High           Low
          ----------------------------     ----------     ---------
               March 31, 1997              $12 3/4         $9  7/8
               June 30, 1997               $11 7/8         $8  1/4
               September 30, 1997          $23 1/2         $9  1/2
               December 31, 1997           $25 7/8         $13 3/4
               March 31, 1998              $21 1/2         $14 1/2
               June 30, 1998               $23 5/8         $15
               September 30, 1998          $24 1/4         $16
               December 31, 1998           $19 3/4         $10 5/8

     As of March 22, 1999, the approximate number of holders of record of the
Common  Stock was 47 and the  approximate  number of  beneficial  holders of the
Common Stock was 1,750.

     The Company has never  declared or paid any dividends on its capital stock.
The  Company  intends  to retain  any  earnings  to fund  future  growth and the
operation of its business,  and, therefore,  does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future.

     All information  relating to the Common Stock of the Company in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K reflects a 81,351.1111-for-1 stock split of the Common Stock
effected July 12, 1996,  prior to the Company's  initial public  offering of its
Common Stock in September 1996.

     The following  information relates to all securities of the Company sold by
the Company  which were not  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended (the "Securities Act"), at the time of grant,  issuance and/or sale, and
have not previously been disclosed in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

          On  November  25,  1998,  Intelligroup,   Inc.  (the  "Company"),
     consummated the acquisition (the  "Acquisition")  of all of the shares
     of outstanding  capital stock of each of Azimuth  Consulting  Limited,
     Azimuth  Holdings  Limited,  Braithwaite  Richmond Limited and Azimuth
     Corporation Limited, each a company formed pursuant to the laws of New
     Zealand (the  "Azimuth  Companies").  As a result of the  Acquisition,
     each of the Azimuth Companies became a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
     Company.  The parties have accounted for such transaction as a pooling
     of interests.  The principal activity of each of the Azimuth Companies
     is providing business and management consultancy services.

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

          The purchase price consisted of the issuance by the Company of an
     aggregate of 902,928  restricted shares of its Common Stock, $0.01 par
     value per share,  to David Anthony Stott and Alexander  Graham Wilson,
     the sole  shareholders of each of the Azimuth  Companies.  The Company
     agreed  to use  its  best  efforts  to file a  registration  statement
     registering the shares of the Company's Common Stock issued to Messrs.
     Stott and Wilson on Form S-3 no later than  February  28, 1999 and use
     its best efforts to have such registration become effective as soon as
     practicable thereafter.  The Company filed such Registration Statement
     on  February  26,  1999  and  anticipates  that  the  Form S-3 will be
     declared  effective by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission in the
     near term after the filing of this Form 10-K.

          No underwriter was employed by the Company in connection with the
     issuance by the Company of the securities described above. The Company
     claims that the issuance of all of the foregoing securities was exempt
     from  registration  under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act  as
     transactions  not involving any public offering.  Appropriate  legends
     were  affixed to the stock  certificates  issued in such  transaction.
     Both recipients had adequate access to information about the Company.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     The selected  statement of operations data for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998 and the selected  balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997
and 1998 are derived from and are  qualified by reference to, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed audited consolidated financial statements
and the related notes thereto included  elsewhere herein. The selected statement
of  operations  data  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1995 and the
selected  balance  sheet data as of December 31,  1994,  1995 and 1996 have been
derived from audited financial  statements of the Company which are not included
elsewhere herein. Prior period financial information has been revised to reflect
the Company's  acquisitions  of CPI Resources and the Azimuth  Companies  during
1998, which were accounted for in accordance with the pooling of interests rules
under generally accepted accounting principles.



                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

     The following should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements  and notes  thereto  and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  appearing  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994      1995     1996      1997      1998
                                                 --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                               <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>     
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenue....................................     $19,438   $39,283  $61,699   $94,326    $144,861
  Cost of sales..............................      13,528    29,263   43,142    65,535      94,203
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
    Gross profit.............................       5,910    10,020   18,557    28,791      50,658
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
  Selling, general and administrative
    expenses.................................       4,670     8,401   14,544    22,060      36,570
  Acquisition expenses.......................          --        --       --        --       2,118
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------   ---------
    Total selling, general and administrative
     expenses................................       4,670     8,401   14,544    22,060      38,688
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
    Operating income.........................       1,240     1,619    4,013     6,731      11,970
  Factor charges/Interest expense (income),
    net......................................         463     1,327    1,335      (257)       (120)
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
  Income before provision for
    income taxes and extraordinary
      charge.................................         777       292    2,678     6,988      12,090
  Provision for income taxes.................         409       587      748     2,327       4,416
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary charge..         368      (295)   1,930     4,661       7,674
Extraordinary charge, net of income tax
    benefit of $296..........................          --        --    1,148        --          --
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
    Net income (loss)........................     $   368   $  (295) $   782   $ 4,661    $  7,674
                                                  =======   =======  =======   =======    ========
Earnings (loss) per share(1):                                                             
  Basic earnings per share:
    Income (loss) before extraordinary charge     $  0.02   $ (0.02) $  0.18   $  0.37    $   0.57
    Extraordinary charge, net of income tax
        benefit..............................          --        --     0.11        --          --
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
      Net income (loss)......................     $  0.02   $ (0.02) $  0.07   $  0.37    $   0.57
                                                  =======   =======  =======   =======    ========
Weighted average number of common shares -
  Basic......................................      15,011    15,011   11,003    12,636      13,386
                                                  =======   =======  =======   =======    ========
Diluted earnings per share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary charge..     $  0.02   $ (0.02) $  0.16   $  0.36    $   0.55
  Extraordinary charge, net of income tax
    benefit..................................         --         --     0.10        --          --
                                                  -------   -------  -------   -------    --------
      Net income (loss)........                   $  0.02   $ (0.02) $  0.06   $  0.36    $   0.55
                                                  =======   =======  =======   =======    ========
Weighted average number of common shares -
  Diluted....................................      15,011    15,011   12,263    13,116      13,968
                                                  =======   =======  =======   =======    ========


                                                                AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------
                                                    1994      1995     1996      1997      1998
                                                 --------- --------- -------- --------- ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
 Balance Sheet Data:                                                                          
   Cash and cash equivalents.................     $ 1,399   $ 1,412  $ 8,301   $ 8,821    $  4,245
   Working capital surplus (deficit).........        (492)     (991)  16,246    29,672      29,611
   Total assets..............................       7,599    12,571   24,945    42,006      65,728
   Short-term debt, including subordinated
     debentures..............................       1,304     3,608      226       386          11
   Long-term debt and obligations under
      capital leases, less current portion...         141       206      108       355          59
   Shareholders' equity......................         557       128   18,280    33,208      44,920

- -----------------
(1)Basic and diluted  earnings per share have replaced primary and 
   fully diluted earnings per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128.
</TABLE>


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS.

OVERVIEW

     The  Company  provides a wide  range of  information  technology  services,
including  management  consulting,  enterprise-wide  business process solutions,
Internet applications services,  applications  outsourcing and maintenance,  web
site design and customization,  IT training  solutions,  systems integration and
custom software development based on leading technologies. The Company has grown
rapidly  since 1994 when it made a strategic  decision to diversify its customer
base by expanding the scope of its integration  and development  services and to
utilize software developed by SAP as a primary tool to implement enterprise-wide
business  process  solutions.  In 1995, the Company achieved the status of a SAP
National  Implementation  Partner.  In the same year,  the Company also began to
utilize Oracle's ERP application products to diversify its service offerings. In
1997,  the  Company  enhanced  its partner  status with SAP, by first  achieving
National Logo Partner status and then  AcceleratedSAP  Partner Status.  Also, in
1997,  the Company  further  diversified  its ERP-based  service  offerings,  by
beginning to provide PeopleSoft and Baan implementation  services. In July 1997,
the  Company  was  awarded  PeopleSoft  implementation  partnership  status.  In
September   1997,  the  Company  was  awarded  Baan   international   consulting
partnership  status.  In  June  1998,  the  Company  also  expanded  its  Oracle
applications implementation services practice and added upgrade services to meet
market demand of mid-size to large companies that are  implementing or upgrading
Oracle applications.

     During 1998, the Company expanded its operations through  acquisitions.  On
May 7, 1998,  the  Company  acquired  thirty  percent of the  outstanding  share
capital of CPI Consulting Limited. The acquisition of CPI Consulting Limited was
accounted for  utilizing  purchase  accounting.  The  consideration  paid by the
Company  included the issuance of 165,696  shares of the Company's  Common Stock
with a fair market value of $3.1 million,  and a future liability to the sellers
predicated  upon  operating  results for the  balance of 1998.  The value of the
liability has been determined as of December 31, 1998 to be $2.5 million,  which
is payable by the  issuance of an  additional  155,208  shares of the  Company's
Common  Stock.  Such shares were  issued by the Company on March 22,  1999.  The
excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets  acquired was
attributed to intangible assets, amounting in the aggregate to $5.8 million.

     On May 21, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding  share capital
of CPI Resources Limited. The acquisition of CPI Resources Limited was accounted
for as a pooling of interests.  Prior results for all periods have been restated
in accordance with pooling of interests  accounting.  As consideration  for this
acquisition, the Company issued 371,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. At
the time of the acquisition,  CPI Resources Limited owned seventy percent of the
outstanding share capital of CPI Consulting Limited.

     The CPI Companies provide consulting and implementation services related to
PeopleSoft applications.

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>
     On November 25, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of all of the
outstanding  capital  stock  of  each of  Azimuth  Consulting  Limited,  Azimuth
Holdings Limited,  Braithwaite  Richmond Limited and Azimuth Corporation Limited
(collectively the "Azimuth Companies"). The acquisition of the Azimuth Companies
was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  Prior results for all periods have
been  restated  in  accordance   with  pooling  of  interests   accounting.   As
consideration  for this  acquisition,  the Company  issued 902,928 shares of the
Company's Common Stock.

     The Azimuth Companies provide business and management  consulting services.
Founded  in  1984,   Azimuth  has  built  a  strong  IT  management   consulting
organization  with  operations in New Zealand,  Australia,  the  Philippines and
Southeast Asian countries.

     In January  1999,  in order to  augment  the  Internet/Advanced  Technology
Practice,  the Company acquired the outstanding  capital stock of NPI located in
Provo,  Utah.  The  purchase  price  included  an  initial  cash  payment in the
aggregate of  $1,800,000  together with a cash payment of $200,000 to be held in
escrow.  In addition,  the purchase price included an earn-out  payment of up to
$2,212,650  in  restricted  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock payable on or
before April 15, 2000 and a potential lump sum cash payment of $354,024  payable
no later than March 31, 2000.  This  acquisition  has been accounted for in 1999
under the  purchase  method of  accounting.  NPI  provides  web site  design and
front-end application solutions services. NPI has built a strong track record in
designing  web-sites  that  enable  clients to  achieve  the  desired  sales and
marketing impact.

     In  addition,  by way of merger  transactions,  the Company  augmented  its
PeopleSoft  practice in North America by acquiring the Empower Companies located
in Plymouth,  Michigan on February 16, 1999. The purchase price consisted of the
issuance of an aggregate of 1,831,091  restricted shares of the Company's Common
Stock. The Company may be required to issue additional  shares of its restricted
Common  Stock  which  may be issued in  connection  with a net worth  adjustment
determined  as of the  closing  date.  The amount of such  adjustment  is in the
process of being  finalized by the parties.  The  acquisition has been accounted
for as pooling of interest and thus prior  financial  statements will be revised
to reflect the activities of such  companies for all periods in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles. The Empower Companies provide business
process  reengineering,  system design and development,  project  management and
training services.

     The  Company  generates  revenue  from  professional  services  rendered to
customers.  Revenue is  recognized  as services  are  performed.  The  Company's
services   range  from  providing   customers   with  a  single   consultant  to
multi-personnel  full-scale projects. The Company provides these services to its
customers  primarily  on a time and  materials  basis and  pursuant  to  written
contracts which can be terminated  with limited  advance  notice,  typically not
more than 30 days, and without  significant  penalty,  generally limited to fees
earned and expenses incurred by the Company through the date of termination. The
Company provides its services directly to end-user  organizations or as a member
of a consulting team assembled by another information technology consulting firm
to Fortune 1000 and other large and mid-sized  companies.  The Company generally
bills its customers semi-monthly for the services provided by its consultants at


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

contracted rates. Where contractual provisions permit, customers also are billed
for reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Company on the customers' behalf.

     The Company has provided  services on certain  projects in which it, at the
request of the  clients,  offered a fixed price for its  services.  For the year
ended  December  31, 1998,  revenues  derived  from  projects  under fixed price
contracts represented approximately 5% of the Company's total revenue. No single
fixed price project was material to the Company's business during 1998. However,
one fixed price  project,  which began late in 1998,  is expected be material to
the Company during 1999.  The Company  believes that, as it pursues its strategy
of making turnkey project  management a larger portion of its business,  it will
continue  to offer  fixed price  projects.  The  Company  has had limited  prior
experience in pricing and performing under fixed price arrangements and believes
that there are certain risks related  thereto and thus prices such  arrangements
to reflect the associated  risk. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to complete such projects within the fixed price timeframes. The failure
to perform  within such fixed price  contracts,  if entered  into,  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business.

     The  Company has derived  and  believes  that it will  continue to derive a
significant  portion  of its  revenue  from a limited  number of  customers  and
projects.  For the years ended  December 31, 1996,  1997 and 1998, the Company's
ten largest customers accounted for in the aggregate, approximately 50%, 46% and
34% of its revenue,  respectively. In 1996 and 1997,  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
and  Bristol-Myers  Squibb each  accounted for more than 10% of revenue.  During
1998, no customer  accounted  for more than 10% of revenue.  For the years ended
December  31,  1996,  1997 and  1998,  34%,  32% and 25%,  respectively,  of the
Company's  revenue  was  generated  by serving as a member of  consulting  teams
assembled by other  information  technology  consulting  firms.  There can be no
assurance that such  information  technology  consulting  firms will continue to
engage the  Company in the future at  current  levels of  retention,  if at all.
During the years ended  December  31,  1996,  1997 and 1998,  57%,  58% and 59%,
respectively,  of the Company's total revenue was derived from projects in which
the Company  implemented  software developed by SAP. For each of the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, approximately 12% of the Company's total revenue was
derived from  projects in which the Company  implemented  software  developed by
Oracle.  For  each  of the  years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997  and  1996,
approximately  9%, 8% and 9%,  respectively,  of the Company's total revenue was
derived from  projects in which the Company  implemented  software  developed by
PeopleSoft.  During the year ended December 31, 1998,  approximately  53% of the
Company's  revenue was derived from engagements at which the Company had project
management  responsibilities,  compared  to 28% and 12% during  the years  ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     The Company's most significant cost is project  personnel  expenses,  which
consist of consultant salaries, benefits and payroll-related expenses. Thus, the
Company's financial performance is based primarily upon billing margin (billable
hourly rate less the cost to the Company of a consultant on an hourly basis) and
personnel  utilization rates (billable hours divided by paid hours). The Company
believes that turnkey  project  management  assignments  typically  carry higher
margins. The Company has been shifting to such higher-margin turnkey management

                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

assignments  and more complex  projects by leveraging its  reputation,  existing
capabilities,  proprietary  implementation  methodology,  development  tools and
offshore development  capabilities with expanded sales and marketing efforts and
new service offerings to develop turnkey project sales  opportunities  with both
new and existing  customers.  The  Company's  inability to continue its shift to
higher-margin  turnkey  management  assignments  and more  complex  projects may
adversely impact the Company's future growth.

     Since  late 1994,  the  Company  has made  substantial  investments  in its
infrastructure in order to support its rapid growth.  For example,  in 1994, the
Company  established  and funded an  operations  facility in India,  the Advance
Development  Center  (the  "ADC"),  and in 1995  established  a sales  office in
California. In addition, from 1994 to date, the Company has incurred expenses to
develop   proprietary   development   tools  and  its  proprietary   accelerated
implementation  methodology  and toolset.  Since 1995, the Company has also been
increasing  its  sales  force  and  its  marketing,   finance,   accounting  and
administrative  staff,  in order to manage its  growth.  The  Company  currently
maintains its headquarters in Edison, New Jersey, and branch offices in Chicago,
Detroit,  Foster City  (California),  Reston  (Virginia),  Edison (New  Jersey),
Dallas,  Atlanta,  Phoenix  and  Washington,  D.C.  The Company  also  currently
maintains offices in Europe (the United Kingdom, Denmark, and Belgium), and Asia
Pacific (Australia,  India, New Zealand,  the Philippines,  and Singapore).  The
Company leases its headquarters in Edison,  New Jersey,  totaling  approximately
48,475  square  feet.  Such lease has an initial  term of ten (10) years,  which
commenced in September 1998. In October 1998, the Company finalized an agreement
to sublet the space used for its prior  headquarters  for the  remainder  of the
term of its sublease, which expires November 15, 1999.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth for the periods  indicated certain financial
data expressed as a percentage of total revenue:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                PERCENTAGE OF REVENUE
                                                  ------------------------------------------
                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1998             1997            1996
                                                        ----             ----            ----
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>             <C>   
Revenue..........................................       100.0%           100.0%          100.0%
Cost of sales....................................        65.0             69.5            69.9
                                                     --------          -------         -------
  Gross profit...................................        35.0             30.5            30.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses.....        25.2             23.4            23.6
Acquisition expenses.............................         1.5               --              --
                                                     --------          -------         -------
  Operating income...............................         8.3              7.1             6.5
Interest and other expense (income), net.........          --             (0.3)            2.2
                                                     --------          -------         -------
Income before provision for income taxes and
  extraordinary charge...........................         8.3              7.4             4.3
Provision for income taxes.......................         3.0              2.5             1.2
                                                     --------          -------         -------
Income before extraordinary charge...............         5.3              4.9             3.1
Extraordinary charge, net of income tax benefit..          --               --             1.8
                                                     --------          -------         -------
  Net income ....................................         5.3              4.9             1.3
                                                     ========          =======         =======
</TABLE>


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>
     Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

     Revenue. Revenue increased by 53.6% or $50.6 million, from $94.3 million in
1997 to $144.9  million in 1998.  This  increase was  attributable  primarily to
increased demand for the Company's ERP implementation  consulting  services and,
to a lesser extent,  to increased demand for the Company's  systems  integration
and Internet development services.

     Gross profit.  The Company's cost of sales  includes  primarily the cost of
salaries to consultants  and related  employee  benefits and payroll taxes.  The
Company's cost of sales increased by 43.7%, or $28.7 million, from $65.5 million
in 1997 to $94.2  million in 1998.  The increase was due to increased  personnel
costs  resulting  from the  hiring of  additional  consultants  to  support  the
increase  in demand for the  Company's  services.  The  Company's  gross  profit
increased by 76%, or $21.9 million,  from $28.8 million in 1997 to $50.7 million
in 1998. Gross profit margin increased from 30.5% of revenue in 1997 to 35.0% of
revenue  in 1998.  The  increase  in such  gross  profit  margin  was  primarily
attributable  to  both  the  expanded  utilization  of  the  Company's  offshore
development  facility  in India,  and the  increase  in  implementation  service
projects  where the  Company  has  project  management  responsibilities,  which
typically carry higher gross margins,  than those in which the Company  provides
supplemental staffing for client managed projects.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  administrative  salaries,  and
related benefits costs,  occupancy costs, sales person compensation,  travel and
entertainment,  costs associated with the ADC and related  development costs and
professional fees.  Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses increased by
65.7%,  or $14.5  million,  from $22.1 million in 1997 to $36.6 million in 1998,
and increased as a percentage of revenue from 23.4% to 25.2%, respectively.  The
increases in such  expenses in absolute  dollars and as a percentage  of revenue
were due primarily to the increase in salaries and related  benefits  reflecting
headcount  increases in the Company's  sales force and its  marketing,  finance,
accounting  and  administrative  staff,  in  order to  manage  its  growth.  The
Company's  occupancy  costs  increased  as a  result  of the  relocation  of our
corporate  headquarters into  approximately  48,000 square feet of office space,
from our former location which consisted of approximately 17,000 square feet. In
addition,  the Company experienced  increases in sales and management recruiting
costs,  occupancy costs as additional  offices were opened in the United States,
support services and the provision for doubtful accounts.

     Acquisition expense. During the year ended 1998, the Company incurred costs
of $2,118,000 in connection  with the  acquisitions of the CPI Companies and the
Azimuth  Companies,  each of which were  accounted  for as pooling of interests.
These costs  primarily  consisted  of  professional  fees  associated  with such
acquisitions.

     Provision for income taxes. The Company's effective income tax rate was 37%
and 33% for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. During 1997, the Company
reduced its valuation allowance by $207,000 as management determined that it was
more likely than not, that the applicable  portion of the net deferred tax asset
would be or had been realized.  The 1997 valuation allowance reduction favorably
impacted the  effective  income tax rate by 3%. In 1996,

                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

the Company  elected a five year tax holiday in India in accordance with a local
tax incentive program whereby no income tax will be due during such period.  For
the year ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997, the tax holiday  favorably  impacted
the  effective  tax rate by  approximately  10% and 8%,  respectively.  Based on
current and anticipated profitability,  management believes all net deferred tax
assets are more likely than not to be realized.

     Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

     Revenue.  Revenue increased by 52.9%, or $32.6 million,  from $61.7 million
in 1996 to $94.3 million in 1997.  This increase was  attributable  primarily to
increased  demand  for  the  Company's  SAP  related  implementation  consulting
services and, to a lesser extent,  to increased demand for the Company's systems
integration and custom software development services.

     Gross profit.  The  Company's  cost of sales  increased by 51.9%,  or $22.4
million,  from $43.1 million in 1996 to $65.5 million in 1997.  The increase was
due to  increased  personnel  costs  resulting  from the  hiring  of  additional
consultants  to support the increase in demand for the Company's  services.  The
Company's gross profit increased by 55.1%, or $10.2 million,  from $18.6 million
in 1996 to $28.8 million in 1997.  Gross profit margin  increased  from 30.1% of
revenue in 1996 to 30.5% of revenue in 1997.  The  increase in such gross profit
margin was attributable to the increase in implementation  services projects and
a combination of improved billing margins,  greater  consultant  utilization and
achieving certain customer performance incentives.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses increased by 51.7%, or $7.6 million, from $14.5 million
in 1996 to $22.1  million in 1997,  and  decreased  slightly as a percentage  of
revenue from 23.6% to 23.4%,  respectively.  The  increases in such  expenses in
absolute  dollars  and as a  percentage  of revenue  were due  primarily  to the
expansion of the Company's sales and marketing  activities in 1997 and increased
travel and  entertainment  expenses  due to the growth of the  business  and the
employee  base.  Such expenses were  increased to support the continued  revenue
growth of the  Company  in the United  States  and  abroad.  In  addition,  such
expenses  increased  due to increased  sales and  management  recruiting  costs,
support services, and an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts.

     Factor fees/Interest  (income) expense, net. Factor fees in the 1996 period
were the charges incurred by the Company to finance its accounts receivable.  On
October 10, 1996,  the Company  repaid the factor with a portion of the proceeds
from  the  Company's  initial  public  offering,   approximately  $4.4  million,
consisting of all amounts  outstanding  under the agreement  with its factor and
terminated  its factor  agreement.  Subsequent to the Company's  initial  public
offering,  interest income has been earned on interest bearing cash accounts and
short term investments.

     Provision for Income Taxes. The Company's effective income tax rate was 33%
and 28% for the years ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996.  During 1997 and 1996,
the  Company  reduced  their  valuation  allowance  by  $207,000  and  $461,000,
respectively as management determined that it was more likely than not, that the
applicable portion of the net deferred tax asset would be or


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

had been realized.  The 1997 and 1996 valuation  allowance  reduction  favorably
impacted the effective income tax rate by 3% and 14%, respectively. In 1996, the
Company  elected a five year tax holiday in India in accordance with a local tax
incentive program whereby no income tax will be due during such period.  For the
year ended December 31, 1997, the tax holiday  favorably  impacted the effective
tax rate by approximately 8%. There was no significant impact for 1996. Based on
current and anticipated profitability,  management believes all net deferred tax
assets are more likely than not to be realized.

BACKLOG

     The Company  normally  enters into written  contracts with its customers at
the time it commences work on a project. These written contracts contain varying
terms  and  conditions  and  the  Company  does  not  generally  believe  it  is
appropriate  to  characterize  such written  contracts as creating  backlog.  In
addition, because these written contracts often provide that the arrangement can
be terminated with limited advance notice and without significant  penalty,  the
Company does not believe that projects in process at any one time are a reliable
indicator or measure of expected  future  revenue.  In the event that a customer
terminates  a project,  the  customer  remains  obligated to pay the Company for
services performed by it through the date of termination.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company funds its  operations  primarily  from cash flow generated from
operations,  and prior to 1998 from cash balances  generated  from the Company's
initial and  follow-on  public  offerings  consummated  in October 1996 and July
1997, respectively.

     The Company had cash and cash  equivalents  of $4.2 million at December 31,
1998 and $8.8 million at December 31, 1997.  The Company had working  capital of
$29.6 million at December 31, 1998 and $29.7 million at December 31, 1997.

     Cash  provided by operating  activities  was $2.6  million  during the year
ended  December 31, 1998,  resulting  primarily  from net income of $7.7 million
during the year ended December 31, 1998, an increase of $7.6 million in accounts
payable,  accrued payroll and accrued  expenses,  offset by an increase of $14.6
million in accounts  receivable  and unbilled  services.  Cash used in operating
activities  for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996 was $7.5 million and
$4.6 million, respectively.

     In accordance with investment guidelines approved by the Company's Board of
Directors,  cash balances in excess of those  required to fund  operations  have
been invested in short-term U.S. Treasury securities and commercial paper with a
credit rating no lower than A1/P1.

     The  Company  invested  $7.1  million,  $2.4  million  and $1.0  million in
computer  equipment and office  furniture  and fixtures in 1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively. The increase reflects purchases of computer and telecommunications
equipment for  consultants  and  administrative  staff and office  furniture and
fixtures  related to the Company's new headquarters in Edison,  New Jersey,  and
other offices opened during 1998.

                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

     During 1996 the  Company's  factoring  agreement  required that the Company
offer all of its trade accounts receivable to the factor for financing; however,
the factor was under no obligation to accept any or all of such receivables. For
a variety of reasons,  including  the rapid growth of the  Company,  the lack of
available  tangible  security  to  utilize  as  collateral  and the  absence  of
historical  operating  profits  prior to 1996,  the Company was unable to obtain
more   traditional   financing.   On  October  10,  1996,   the  Company  repaid
approximately  $4.4  million  consisting  of all amounts  outstanding  under the
agreement with the factor and terminated the factoring agreement.

     In March 1996, in anticipation of the debenture  financing described below,
the Company obtained a $750,000 line of credit,  payable on demand, from a bank.
The  line of  credit  carried  interest  at the  federal  funds  rate  plus  1%.
Borrowings  under the line  totaled  $200,000 at March 31, 1996 and  $300,000 in
April 1996, when the Company repaid all amounts  outstanding  under such line in
connection with the debenture  financing described below. The line of credit has
been terminated in accordance with the terms of such debenture financing.

     In April  1996,  the  Company  issued and sold  five-year  9%  subordinated
debentures in the aggregate  principal amount of $6.0 million to Summit Ventures
IV, L.P. and Summit Investors III, L.P. The subordinated  debentures were issued
to raise funds for working capital and general corporate purposes, to repurchase
from the then-current shareholders,  Messrs. Pandey, Koneru and Valluripalli, an
aggregate of 4,881,066  shares of Common Stock for an aggregate of $1.5 million,
to repay approximately $300,000 outstanding under a $750,000 credit facility and
to satisfy  approximately  $358,000 of cash overdrafts.  Upon receipt of the net
proceeds from the Company's initial public offering in October 1996, the Company
prepaid  approximately $6.3 million,  representing all amounts outstanding under
such debentures, including interest.

     Subsequent  to  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  determined  that it had
unrecorded  and  unpaid  federal  and state  payroll-related  taxes for  certain
employees.  As a result of the  Company's  voluntary  disclosure to the Internal
Revenue Service of certain unpaid tax liabilities,  on June 5, 1996, the Company
received an audit  assessment from the Internal  Revenue Service for unpaid 1994
and 1995 federal  income tax  withholding,  FICA and FUTA taxes in the aggregate
amount of  approximately  $800,000  which was paid in full in  August  1996.  No
interest  or  penalties  were  assessed.  Reserves,  aggregating  $1.0  million,
including  the amount of the Internal  Revenue  Service audit  assessment,  were
recorded  at  December  31,  1995.  No  assurance  may be given,  however,  that
interest, penalties or additional state or federal taxes will not be assessed in
the future. The Company's principal  shareholders,  Messrs.  Pandey,  Koneru and
Valluripalli,  have agreed to indemnify the Company for any and all losses which
the Company may sustain,  in excess of the $1.0 million reserve,  net of any tax
benefits  realized by the Company,  arising from or relating to federal or state
tax,  interest or penalty payment  obligations  resulting from the above subject
matter.  The Company  believes  that its failure to record and pay 1994 and 1995
federal and state  payroll-related  taxes for certain employees  resulted from a
combination  of  factors,  including  lack  of  internal  controls  and  lack of
financial expertise and oversight.

     From January 1997 until  January  1999,  the Company had a credit  facility
with a bank,  which  included a  revolving  line of credit and a  component  for
equipment term loans. As of

                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

December 31, 1998, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving line of
credit and no equipment term loans outstanding.

     On January 29, 1999, the Company  entered into an unsecured  three-year $30
million  Revolving  Credit Loan Agreement (the "Loan  Agreement")  with PNC Bank
(the "Bank").  Subject to certain post-closing  conditions,  the proceeds of the
credit  facility  may be used by the  Company  for  financing  acquisitions  and
general corporate  purposes.  At the Company's option,  for each loan,  interest
shall be computed either at the Bank's prime rate per annum or the Adjusted Libo
Rate  plus  the  Applicable  Margin,  as such  terms  are  defined  in the  Loan
Agreement.  The Company's  obligations under the credit agreement are payable at
the expiration of such facility on January 29, 2002.

     The Company believes that its available funds, together with current credit
arrangements and the cash flow expected to be generated from operations, will be
adequate to satisfy its current and planned  operations for at least the next 12
months.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income" was issued in June 1997.
This  statement is effective for the Company's  fiscal year ending  December 31,
1998.  This statement  addresses the reporting and  displaying of  comprehensive
income and its components. Adoption of SFAS No. 130 relates to disclosure within
the financial  statements  and is not expected to have a material  effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.  The Company adopted the provisions
of SFAS No. 130 on January 1, 1998.

     SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of and  Enterprise and Related
Information"  was issued in June  1997.  This  statement  is  effective  for the
Company's  fiscal year ending December 31, 1998. This statement  changes the way
public  companies report  information  about segments of their business in their
annual  financial  statements  and  requires  them to  report  selected  segment
information in their  quarterly  reports.  The Company adopted the provisions in
1998.

     In  April,  1998,  the  Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee  issued
Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  98-5,   "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities."   The  SOP  requires  all  costs  incurred  as  start-up  costs  or
organization costs be expenses as incurred.  Adoption of the SOP is required for
fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1998.  The Company does not believe
that the new standard will have a material impact on the Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

     In March,  1998, the Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee issued SOP
98-1.  Accounting for the Costs of Computer  Software  Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use." This SOP required that computer  software costs that are incurred
in the  preliminary  project  stage be expensed as incurred and that criteria be
met before  capitalization  of costs to develop or obtain  internal use computer
software.  Adoption  of the SOP is required  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
December 15, 1998.  The Company does not believe that the new standard will have
a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Historically,  certain computer programs have been written using two digits
rather  than four to define  the  applicable  year,  which  could  result in the
computer  recognizing a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than 2000.  This
in turn,  could  result in major  system  failures  or  miscalculations,  and is
generally  referred to as the "Year 2000 Problem".  The Company believes that it
has  sufficiently  assessed its state of readiness with respect to its Year 2000
compliance. Based on its assessment, the Company does not believe that Year 2000
compliance  will result in material  investments  by the  Company,  nor does the
Company  anticipate  that the Year 2000 Problem will have any adverse effects on
the business  operations or financial  performance  of the Company.  The Company
does not believe that it has any material exposure to the Year 2000 Problem with
respect to its own information systems.  Based upon its assessment,  the Company
has established no reserve nor instituted any contingency plans.

     However,  the purchasing  patterns of customers and potential customers may
be affected by issues associated with the Year 2000 Problem. As companies expend
significant  resources to correct  their current data storage  solutions,  these
expenditures  may result in reduced  funds to  purchase  products  or  undertake
projects  such as those offered by the Company.  There can be no assurance  that
the Year 2000 Problem, as it relates to customers, potential customers and other
third-parties,  will not  adversely  affect the  Company's  business,  operating
results and  financial  condition.  Conversely,  the Year 2000 Problem may cause
other  companies  to  accelerate  purchases,  thereby  causing  an  increase  in
short-term  demand  and a  consequent  decrease  in  long-term  demand  for  the
Company's products.

EUROPEAN MONETARY UNION (EMU)

     The euro was  introduced  on  January  1,  1999,  at which  time the eleven
participating  EMU member countries  established  fixed conversion rates between
their  existing   currencies  (legacy  currencies)  and  the  euro.  The  legacy
currencies  will  continue to be used as legal tender  through  January 1, 2002;
thereafter, the legacy currencies will be canceled and euro bills and coins will
be used for cash  transactions  in the  participating  countries.  The Company's
European  sales and  operations  offices  affected by the euro  conversion  have
established  plans to address the  systems  issues  raised by the euro  currency
conversion  and  are  cognizant  of  the  potential  business   implications  of
converting to a common currency. The Company is unable to determine the ultimate
financial  impact of the  conversion on its  operations,  if any, given that the
impact will be  dependent  upon the  competitive  situations  which exist in the
various  regional  markets in which the Company  participates  and the potential
actions  which  may or may  not  be  taken  by  the  Company's  competitors  and
suppliers.


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

     Not applicable.


ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     The financial  statements  required to be filed pursuant to this Item 7 are
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A list of the financial  statements
filed herewith is found at "Item 13. Exhibits, List, and Reports on Form 8-K."


ITEM 9.   CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     Not applicable.



                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>
                                    PART III


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,   EXECUTIVE   OFFICERS,   PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS;
          COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.

     The information relating to the Company's directors,  nominees for election
as directors and executive  officers under the headings  "Election of Directors"
and "Executive  Officers" in the Company's  definitive  proxy  statement for the
1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated  herein by reference to such
proxy statement.


ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     The discussion under the heading "Executive  Compensation" in the Company's
definitive  proxy  statement  for the 1999  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  is
incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     The discussion under the heading "Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial  Owners and Management" in the Company's  definitive  proxy statement
for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated  herein by reference
to such proxy statement.


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The  discussion  under  the  heading  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related
Transactions"  in the Company's  definitive  proxy statement for the 1999 Annual
Meeting  of  Shareholders  is  incorporated  herein by  reference  to such proxy
statement.


                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, LIST, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

      (a) (1)  Financial Statements.

          Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements on Page F-1.

      (a) (2)  Financial Statement Schedules.

          None.

      (a) (3)  Exhibits.

          Reference is made to the Index to Exhibits on Page 39.

      (b) Reports on Form 8-K.

          On  November  9,  1998,  the  Company  filed a  report  on Form 8-K to
          disclose  the  adoption  by the  Company of a  Shareholder  Protection
          Rights Plan.

          On  December  8,  1998,  the  Company  filed a  report  on Form 8-K to
          disclose  the  acquisitions  of each of  Azimuth  Consulting  Limited,
          Azimuth  Holdings  Limited,  Braithwaite  Richmond Limited and Azimuth
          Corporation Limited.

          Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company filed,  on
          January  20,  1999,  a report on Form 8-K  relating  to the  Company's
          acquisition of Network Publishing, Inc.

          Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company filed,  on
          February  24,  1999,  a report on Form 8-K  relating to the  Company's
          acquisition of Empower Solutions, LLC and its affiliate Empower, Inc.


                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized this 1st day of April,
1999.


                                            INTELLIGROUP, INC. 



                                            By:/s/ Stephen A. Carns
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Stephen A. Carns, President and
                                               Chief Executive Officer



                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

    Signature                              Title                       Date
    ---------                              -----                       ----

/s/ Stephen A. Carns            President and Chief Executive     April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Stephen A. Carns                Officer (principal executive
                                officer)

/s/ Rajkumar Koneru             Co-Chairman of the Board and      April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Rajkumar Koneru                 Director


/s/ Ashok Pandey                Co-Chairman of the Board and      April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Ashok Pandey                    Director


/s/ Nagarjun Valluripalli       Co-Chairman of the Board and      April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Nagarjun Valluripalli           Director


/s/ Gerard E. Dorsey            Senior Vice President-Finance     April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Gerard E. Dorsey                and Chief Financial Officer
                                (principal financial and
                                accounting officer)


/s/ Klaus Besier                Director                          April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Klaus Besier


/s/ David Finley                Director                          April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
David Finley


/s/ Kevin P. Mohan              Director                          April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Kevin P. Mohan


/s/ John E. Steuri              Director                          April 1, 1999
- --------------------------
John E. Steuri


                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


     Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
     -----------    ----------------------

     2              Agreement  and Plan of Merger of the  Company and its wholly
                    owned  subsidiary  Oxford  Systems  Inc.   (Incorporated  by
                    reference to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
                    the year ended December 31, 1996).

     3.1            Amended   and   Restated   Certificate   of   Incorporation.
                    (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Registration
                    Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration Statement No. 333-5981)
                    declared effective on September 26, 1996).

     3.2            Amended and Restated  Bylaws.  (Incorporated by reference to
                    the   Company's   Registration   Statement   on  Form   SB-2
                    (Registration  Statement No. 333-5981) declared effective on
                    September 26, 1996).

     4.1            Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement dated as of November
                    6, 1998,  between the Company and American  Stock Transfer &
                    Trust  Company  which   includes  (i)  the  Form  of  Rights
                    Certificate  and (ii) the  Certificate  of  Amendment to the
                    Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation  of
                    Intelligroup, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
                    4.1 of the  Company's  Report on Form 8-K dated  November 9,
                    1998,  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on
                    November 9, 1998).

    10.1*           1996 Stock Plan of the Company.  (Incorporated  by reference
                    to  the  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  SB-2
                    (Registration  Statement No. 333-5981) declared effective on
                    September 26, 1996).

    10.2*           1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated
                    by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
                    SB-2   (Registration   Statement  No.   333-5981)   declared
                    effective on September 26, 1996).

    10.3            Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  entered  into  by  the
                    Company   and   each   of  its   Directors   and   officers.
                    (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Registration
                    Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration Statement No. 333-5981)
                    declared effective on September 26, 1996).

    10.4            Sublease Agreement between Micrognosis,  Inc., as sublessor,
                    the Company, as sublessee, with master lease.  (Incorporated
                    by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
                    SB-2   (Registration   Statement  No.   333-5981)   declared
                    effective on September 26, 1996).

    10.5            Employee's    Invention   Assignment   and   Confidentiality
                    Agreement.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's
                    Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration  Statement
                    No. 333-5981) declared effective on September 26, 1996).

                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>
     Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
     -----------    ----------------------

    10.6            Services   Provider   Agreement   by  and   between   Oracle
                    Corporation   and  the   Company   dated   July  26,   1994.
                    (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Registration
                    Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration Statement No. 333-5981)
                    declared effective on September 26, 1996). See Exhibit 10.9.

    10.7            Amended and Restated Agreement by Messrs. Pandey, Koneru and
                    Valluripalli  dated July 16, 1996 to  indemnify  the Company
                    for  certain  losses.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  the
                    Company's  Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration
                    Statement No. 333-5981)  declared effective on September 26,
                    1996).

    10.8            Agreement by and between the Company and  Intelligroup  Asia
                    Private   Limited    ("Intelligroup   Asia")   relating   to
                    operational  control  of  Intelligroup  Asia,  with  related
                    agreements.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's
                    Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration  Statement
                    No. 333-5981) declared effective on September 26, 1996).

    10.9            Amendment  No.  1 to  Services  Provider  Agreement  by  and
                    between  Oracle  Corporation  and the Company dated December
                    30, 1996. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual
                    Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1996).
                    See Exhibit 10.6.

    10.10           R/3  National  Logo  Partner  Agreement  by and  between SAP
                    America,  Inc.  and the Company  dated as of April 29, 1997.
                    (Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Registration
                    Statement   on  Form  SB-2   (Registration   Statement   No.
                    333-29119)   declared  effective  on  June  26,  1997).  See
                    Exhibits 10.12 and 10.28.

    10.11*          Employment  Agreement  dated  December  6, 1996  between the
                    Company and Anthony Knight,  as amended on February 18, 1997
                    (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report
                    on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997).

    10.12           ASAP Partner Addendum to R/3 National Logo Partner Agreement
                    between SAP America,  Inc. and the Company effective July 1,
                    1997 (amends existing R/3 National Logo Partner  Agreement).
                    (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report
                    on Form 10-QSB for the quarter  ended  September  30, 1997).
                    See Exhibits 10.10 and 10.28.

    10.13           Implementation  Partner Agreement between  PeopleSoft,  Inc.
                    and the Company  effective July 15, 1997.  (Incorporated  by
                    reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB
                    for the  quarter  ended  September  30,  1997).  See Exhibit
                    10.27.


                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>
     Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
     -----------    ----------------------

    10.14           Consulting  Alliance  Agreement with Baan International B.V.
                    and the Company effective September 29, 1997.  (Incorporated
                    by  reference  to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on Form
                    10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).

    10.15           Lease  Agreement  between  Alfieri-Parkway   Associates,  as
                    Landlord, and Intelligroup, Inc., as Tenant, dated March 17,
                    1998.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly
                    Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998).

    10.16*          Employment  Agreement  dated  April  22,  1998  between  the
                    Company and Gerard E. Dorsey.  (Incorporated by reference to
                    the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                    ended March 31, 1998).

    10.17*          Employment  Agreement  dated  April  27,  1998  between  the
                    Company and Stephen A. Carns.  (Incorporated by reference to
                    the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                    ended March 31, 1998).

    10.18**         Change in Control  Severance Pay Agreement dated November 4,
                    1998 between the Company and Gerard Dorsey.

    10.19**         Change in Control  Severance Pay Agreement dated November 4,
                    1998 between the Company and Alan Ziegler.

    10.20**         Revolving Credit Loan Agreement  between PNC Bank,  National
                    Association and the Company dated January 29, 1999.

     10.21          Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated as of May 7, 1998 among
                    the   Company,   Intelligroup   Europe   Limited   and   the
                    Shareholders  of CPI Consulting  Limited.  (Incorporated  by
                    reference to the Company's  Report on Form 8-K filed May 27,
                    1998).

    10.22           Agreement  of  Purchase  and Sale  dated as of May 21,  1998
                    among  the  Company,  Intelligroup  Europe  Limited  and the
                    Shareholders  of CPI  Resources  Limited.  (Incorporated  by
                    reference to the Company's  Report on Form 8-K filed May 27,
                    1998).

    10.23           Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated as of November 25, 1998
                    among the  Company and the  Shareholders  of each of Azimuth
                    Consulting  Limited,  Azimuth Holdings Limited,  Braithwaite
                    Richmond   Limited   and   Azimuth   Corporation    Limited.
                    (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Report on Form
                    8-K filed December 8, 1998).


                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>

    10.24           Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 21, 1998 among
                    the Company and the Shareholders of Network Publishing, Inc.
                    (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Report on Form
                    8-K filed January 8, 1999).

    10.25           Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of February 16, 1999
                    by  and  among  the  Company,   ES  Merger  Corp.,   Empower
                    Solutions,  LLC and the members of Empower  Solutions,  LLC.
                    (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Report on Form
                    8-K filed February 24, 1999.)

    10.26           Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of February 16, 1999
                    by  and  among  the  Company,   ES  Merger  Corp.,   Empower
                    Solutions,  Inc.  and  the  stockholders  of  Empower,  Inc.
                    (Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Report on Form
                    8-K filed February 24, 1999.)

    10.27**         Fifth  Amendment  to the  Implementation  Partner  Agreement
                    dated July 15,  1998,  between the  Company and  PeopleSoft,
                    Inc. See Exhibit 10.13.

    10.28**         Amendment to the National  Implementation  Partner Agreement
                    dated as of January 1, 1999,  between  SAP  America  and the
                    Company. See Exhibits 10.10 and 10.12.

    21**            Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

    23**            Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

    27.1**          Financial  Data  Schedule  for the year ended  December  31,
                    1998.

    27.2**          Financial  Data  Schedule  for the year ended  December  31,
                    1997.

    27.3**          Financial  Data  Schedule  for the year ended  December  31,
                    1996.

- ----------

 *      A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
        filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

**      Filed herewith. All other exhibits previously filed.



                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>
                       INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

Report of Independent Public Accountants................................  F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997............  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the
     years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.......................  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
     years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.......................  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 
     December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................  F-7

Financial Statement Schedules
     Financial  Statement  Schedules  required by the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission have been omitted as the required information
     is included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
     or are not applicable.


                                     F - 1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To the Shareholders of Intelligroup, Inc.:

     We  have  audited  the   accompanying   consolidated   balance   sheets  of
Intelligroup,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1998.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of  Intelligroup,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1998  and  1997,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.






                               ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Roseland, New Jersey
February 4, 1999 (except with respect to the
                  third paragraph of Note 11
                  as to which the date is
                  February 16, 1999)





                                     F - 2
<PAGE>
                             INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                  December 31, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1998               1997
                                                                   ----               ----
                        ASSETS
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>          
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................   $   4,245,000      $   8,821,000
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $1,053,000 and $799,000 at 
    December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively................      30,419,000         20,052,000
  Unbilled services.........................................      10,842,000          7,840,000
  Deferred tax asset........................................         808,000            404,000
  Other current assets......................................       3,563,000            749,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
      Total current assets..................................      49,877,000         37,866,000

Property and equipment, net.................................       9,506,000          3,781,000
Other assets................................................       6,345,000            359,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
                                                               $  65,728,000      $  42,006,000
                                                               =============      =============

            LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................   $   5,337,000      $   1,960,000
  Accrued payroll and related taxes.........................       5,602,000          3,387,000
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities....................       2,854,000          1,382,000
  Accrued acquisition costs.................................       3,302,000                 --
  Income taxes payable......................................       3,160,000          1,079,000
 Current portion of long term debt and obligations under
  capital leases............................................          11,000            386,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
      Total current liabilities.............................      20,266,000          8,194,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
Long term debt and obligations under capital leases, less
  current portion...........................................          59,000            355,000
                                                               -------------      -------------

Deferred income taxes.......................................         483,000            171,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
Minority interest...........................................              --             78,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' Equity
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
    authorized, none issued or outstanding..................              --                 --
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares
    authorized, 13,572,000 and 13,262,000 shares issued
    and outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
    respectively............................................         136,000            133,000
  Additional paid-in capital................................      35,263,000         30,814,000
  Retained earnings.........................................      10,066,000          2,360,000
  Currency translation adjustments..........................        (545,000)           (99,000)
                                                               -------------      -------------
      Total shareholders' equity ...........................      44,920,000         33,208,000
                                                               -------------      -------------
                                                               $  65,728,000      $  42,006,000
                                                               =============      =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these balance sheets.

                                     F - 3
<PAGE>
                       INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1998              1997              1996
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>               <C>          
Revenue.................................................       $ 144,861,000     $  94,326,000     $  61,699,000
Cost of sales...........................................          94,203,000        65,535,000        43,142,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

    Gross profit........................................          50,658,000        28,791,000        18,557,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

Selling, general and administrative expenses............          36,570,000        22,060,000        14,544,000

Acquisition expenses....................................           2,118,000                --                --
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

    Total selling, general and administrative expenses..          38,688,000        22,060,000        14,544,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

    Operating income....................................          11,970,000         6,731,000         4,013,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

Other expenses:
  Interest (income) expense, net........................            (120,000)         (257,000)          336,000
  Factor charges........................................                  --                --           999,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------
                                                                    (120,000)         (257,000)        1,335,000
                                                               --------------    --------------    -------------

Income before provision for income taxes and
  extraordinary charge..................................          12,090,000         6,988,000         2,678,000

Provision for income taxes..............................           4,416,000         2,327,000           748,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

Income before extraordinary charge......................           7,674,000         4,661,000         1,930,000

Extraordinary charge-Loss on early extinguishment of
  debt, net of income tax benefit of $296,000...........                  --                --         1,148,000
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------
Net income..............................................       $   7,674,000     $   4,661,000     $     782,000
                                                               =============     =============     =============

Earnings per share:

  Basic earnings per share:
      Income before extraordinary charge................       $        0.57     $        0.37     $        0.18

      Extraordinary charge, net of income tax benefit...                  --                --             (0.11)
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

        Net income per share............................       $        0.57     $        0.37     $        0.07
                                                               =============     =============     =============

      Weighted average number of common shares - Basic..          13,386,000        12,636,000        11,003,000
                                                               =============     =============     =============

  Diluted earnings per share:
      Income before extraordinary charge................       $        0.55     $        0.36     $        0.16

      Extraordinary charge, net of income tax benefit...                  --                --             (0.10)
                                                               -------------     -------------     -------------

        Net income per share............................       $        0.55      $       0.36     $        0.06
                                                               =============     =============     =============

      Weighted average number of common shares -
        Diluted.........................................          13,968,000        13,116,000        12,263,000
                                                               =============     =============     =============

  </TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                                     F - 4
<PAGE>


                       INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        Cumulative
                                                                          Retained       Foreign                     Comprehensive
                                                           Additional     Earnings       Currency        Total         Income
                                       Common Stock         Paid-in     (Accumulated    Translation   Shareholders'     for the
                                       ------------
                                   Shares      Amount       Capital        Deficit)     Adjustments     Equity          Period
                                 ----------   --------   ------------    -----------    -----------   ------------   -------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>   
Balance at December 31, 1995.    13,477,000   $135,000   $   639,000     $  (701,000)    $  17,000     $   90,000             --

Repurchase and retirement
of common  stock.............    (4,881,000)   (49,000)           --      (1,451,000)           --     (1,500,000)            --

Issuance of common stock,
net of related costs.........     2,050,000     20,000    17,815,000              --            --     17,835,000             --

Exercise of warrants.........     1,364,000     14,000     1,386,000              --            --      1,400,000             --

Currency transactions
adjustments..................            --         --            --              --        68,000         68,000         68,000

Shareholder dividends........            --         --            --        (931,000)           --       (931,000)            --

Net income...................            --         --            --         782,000            --        782,000        782,000
                                 ----------   --------   -----------      ----------      --------     ----------     ----------

Balance at December 31, 1996.    12,010,000    120,000    19,840,000      (2,301,000)       85,000     17,744,000     $  850,000
                                                                                                                      ==========

Issuance of common stock,
net of related costs.........     1,150,000     12,000     9,888,000              --            --      9,900,000             --

Exercise of stock options....       102,000      1,000       838,000              --            --        839,000             --

Tax benefit from exercise
of stock options.............            --         --       248,000              --            --        248,000             --

Currency translation
adjustments..................            --         --            --              --      (184,000)      (184,000)      (184,000)

Net income...................            --         --            --       4,661,000            --      4,661,000      4,661,000
                                 ----------   --------   -----------     -----------      --------     ----------     ----------

Balance at December 31, 1997.    13,262,000    133,000    30,814,000       2,360,000       (99,000)    33,208,000     $4,477,000
                                                                                                                      ==========

Issuance of common stock in
connection with acquisitions.       166,000      2,000     3,126,000              --            --      3,128,000             --

Exercise of stock options....       144,000      1,000     1,021,000              --            --      1,022,000             --

Tax benefit from exercise
of stock options.............            --         --       302,000              --            --        302,000             --

Adjustment for difference
in Azimuth fiscal periods....            --         --            --          32,000            --         32,000             --

Currency translation
adjustments..................            --         --            --              --      (446,000)      (446,000)      (446,000)

Net income...................            --         --            --       7,674,000            --      7,674,000      7,674,000
                                 ----------   --------   -----------     -----------     ---------    -----------     ----------

Balance at December 31, 1998.    13,572,000   $136,000   $35,263,000     $10,066,000     $(545,000)   $44,920,000     $7,228,000
                                 ==========   ========   ===========     ===========     =========    ===========     ==========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                                     F - 5
<PAGE>
                       INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1998             1997             1996
                                                               ------------    -------------    -------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>              <C>        
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...............................................    $ 7,674,000      $ 4,661,000      $   782,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   (provided by) used in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization........................      1,538,000          571,000          362,000
      Provision for doubtful accounts......................      1,268,000          765,000          590,000
      Extraordinary charge.................................             --               --        1,148,000
      Deferred income taxes................................        (92,000)         178,000         (411,000)
      Tax benefit from exercise of stock options...........        302,000          248,000               --
      Minority interest....................................             --           78,000               --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable..................................    (11,635,000)     (10,182,000)      (3,691,000)
      Unbilled services....................................     (3,002,000)      (4,920,000)      (1,208,000)
      Other current assets.................................     (2,814,000)        (213,000)          52,000
      Other assets.........................................       (357,000)        (134,000)        (193,000)
      Cash overdraft.......................................             --               --          (83,000)
      Accounts payable.....................................      3,377,000        1,086,000       (1,252,000)
      Accrued payroll and related taxes....................      2,215,000          561,000       (1,137,000)
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities...............      2,033,000         (611,000)        (313,000)
      Income taxes payable.................................      2,081,000          441,000          141,000
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------
         Net cash provided by (used in) operating
         activities........................................      2,588,000       (7,471,000)      (4,587,000)
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of equipment...................................     (7,116,000)      (2,436,000)        (984,000)
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance
    costs..................................................             --        9,900,000       17,835,000
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options..................      1,022,000          839,000               --
  Proceeds from subordinated debentures and warrants, net
    of issuance costs......................................             --               --        5,888,000
  Repayment of subordinated debentures.....................             --               --       (6,000,000)
  Repurchase of common stock...............................             --               --       (1,500,000)
  Repayments to factors, net...............................             --               --       (3,343,000)
  Proceeds from shareholder loans..........................             --          235,000           13,000
  Repayments to shareholders...............................       (618,000)        (357,000)        (434,000)
  Repayments of lines of credit, net.......................             --               --          (45,000)
  Principal payments under capital leases..................         (6,000)         (6,,000)         (22,000)
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------
         Net cash provided by financing activities.........        398,000       10,611,000       12,392,000
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------
  Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash.       (446,000)        (184,000)          68,000
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------
         Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
         equivalents.......................................     (4,576,000)         520,000        6,889,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............      8,821,000        8,301,000        1,412,000
                                                               -----------      -----------      -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................    $ 4,245,000      $ 8,821,000      $ 8,301,000
                                                               ===========      ===========      ===========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest...................................    $    24,000      $        --      $ 1,264,000
                                                               ===========      ===========      ===========

  Cash paid for income taxes...............................    $ 2,428,000      $ 1,707,000      $ 1,109,000
                                                               ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                                     F - 6
<PAGE>
                       INTELLIGROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

     Intelligroup,  Inc., and its  subsidiaries  (the "Company")  provide a wide
range of  information  technology  services,  including  management  consulting,
enterprise-wide  business  process  solutions,  Internet  application  services,
applications  outsourcing  and  maintenance,   systems  integration  and  custom
software  development  based on leading  technologies.  The Company  markets its
services to a wide variety of  industries  primarily in the United  States.  The
majority  of  the  Company's  business  is  with  large  established  companies,
including consulting firms serving numerous industries.

Principles of Consolidation and Use of Estimates

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Intelligroup,
Inc.  and  its  majority  owned   subsidiaries.   Minority  interests  were  not
significant at December 31, 1998 and 1997. All significant intercompany balances
and transactions have been eliminated.

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  recorded  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash  and  cash  equivalents   consist  of  investments  in  highly  liquid
short-term  instruments,  with original  maturities of three months or less from
the date of purchase.

Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is stated at cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.
Depreciation  is provided  using the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated
useful lives of the related  assets (five  years).  Leasehold  improvements  are
amortized  over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated  useful life (ten
years). Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Other Assets

     Other assets at December 31, 1998  include  goodwill and other  intangibles
totaling  $5,629,000,  that were attributable to the acquisition of the minority
interest  of CPI  Consulting  (See Note 9).  These  intangible  assets are being
amortized  over the estimated  useful lives ranging from 6 to 15 years using the
straight-line method. Amortization expense was $147,000 in 1998.


                                     F - 7
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

Revenue Recognition

     The Company generates revenue from professional services rendered.  Revenue
is recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing
those  services  reflected as cost of sales.  Substantially  all  customers  are
billed on a per diem  basis  whereby  actual  time is  charged  directly  to the
customer.  Billings to customers  for  out-of-pocket  expenses are recorded as a
reduction of expenses incurred.  Unbilled services at December 31, 1998 and 1997
represent  services provided which are billed  subsequent to year-end.  All such
amounts are anticipated to be realized in the following year.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company  provides an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  arising  from
services,  which is based upon a review of  outstanding  receivables  as well as
historical  collection  information.  Credit is  granted  to  substantially  all
customers on an unsecured  basis.  In  determining  the amount of the allowance,
management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions.  The provision
for doubtful  accounts totaled  $1,268,000,  $765,000 and $590,000 in 1998, 1997
and 1996,  respectively.  Accounts written off totaled $1,014,000,  $512,000 and
$575,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

     The  Company  reviews  the  recoverability  of its  long-lived  assets on a
periodic  basis in order to identify  business  conditions  which may indicate a
possible impairment.  The assessment for potential impairment is based primarily
on the Company's  ability to recover the carrying value of its long-lived assets
from expected  future cash flows from its operations on an  undiscounted  basis.
The Company  does not believe that any such  impairment  existed at December 31,
1998.

Stock-Based Compensation

     Stock-based  compensation  is recognized  using the intrinsic  value method
under APB No. 25. For disclosure purposes, pro forma net income and earnings per
share impacts are provided as if the fair market value method had been applied.

Currency Translation

     Assets and liabilities  relating to foreign  operations are translated into
U.S.  dollars using exchange  rates in effect at the balance sheet date;  income
and expenses are translated  into U.S.  dollars using monthly  average  exchange
rates  during  the year.  Translation  adjustments  associated  with  assets and
liabilities  are  excluded  from  income and  credited  or charged  directly  to
shareholders' equity.

Concentrations

     For the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  approximately  59%,
58% and 57% of revenue,  respectively,  was derived  from  projects in which the
Company's personnel


                                     F - 8
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

implemented  software  developed by SAP.  The  Company's  future  success in its
SAP-related  consulting  services depends largely on its continued  relationship
with SAP and on its continued status as a SAP National  Implementation  Partner,
which  was  first  obtained  in  1995.  The  Company's  agreement  with SAP (the
"Agreement")  is awarded on an annual  basis.  The  Company's  current  contract
expires  on  December  31,  1999 and is  automatically  renewed  for  successive
one-year periods,  unless terminated by either party. This Agreement contains no
minimum revenue  requirements or cost sharing  arrangements and does not provide
for  commissions  or royalties to either party.  In February  1997,  the Company
achieved a National Logo Partner relationship with SAP.  Additionally,  for each
of the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,  approximately 12%, and less than
10% during  1996 of revenue  was derived  from  projects in which the  Company's
personnel implemented software developed by Oracle.

     A substantial  portion of the Company's revenue is derived from projects in
which an information  technology consulting firm other than the Company has been
retained by the end-user  organization to manage the overall project.  For years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, 25%, 32% and 34%,  respectively,  of the
Company's  revenue  was  generated  by serving as a member of  consulting  teams
assembled by other information technology consulting firms.

     One customer accounted for approximately 7%, 9% and 10% of revenue in 1998,
1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Accounts  receivable  due from this  customer was
approximately  $2,045,000,  $1,628,000  and  $2,268,000 as of December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Another customer  accounted for approximately 5%,
10%  and  15% of  revenue  for  1998,  1997  and  1996,  respectively.  Accounts
receivable due from this customer was approximately  $1,395,000,  $2,049,000 and
$988,000 as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     During  1998,  the Company  derived  revenue  totaling  $1.7  million  from
contracts  with an entity  whose  chief  executive  officer is a director of the
Company.

Income Taxes

     The  Company  accounts  for income  taxes  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes," ("SFAS No. 109") which utilizes the liability  method and results in the
determination  of deferred  taxes based on the  estimated  future tax effects of
differences  between  the  financial  statement  and tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities,  using enacted tax rates currently in effect.  The Company does not
provide for additional U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings considered to
be permanently invested in foreign subsidiaries.


                                     F - 9
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

Earnings Per Share

     Basic  earnings per share is computed by dividing  income  attributable  to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
Diluted  earnings per share is computed by dividing  income  available to common
stockholders  by the  weighted  average  number  of common  shares  outstanding,
adjusted  for  the  incremental  dilution  of  outstanding  stock  options.  The
computation of basic  earnings per share and diluted  earnings per share were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1998              1997               1996
                                              -----------        -----------        ----------

<S>                                           <C>                <C>               <C>       
Net Income                                    $ 7,674,000        $ 4,661,000       $   782,000
                                               ----------         ----------        ----------

Denominator:

   Weighted average number of common
   shares...................................   13,386,000         12,636,000        11,003,000
   Basic earnings per share.................  $      0.57        $      0.37       $      0.07
                                               ==========         ==========        ==========

Denominator:

   Weighted average number of common
   shares...................................   13,386,000         12,636,000        11,003,000
   Common share equivalents of
   outstanding stock options................      582,000            480,000         1,260,000
                                               ----------         ----------        ----------
Total shares................................   13,968,000         13,116,000        12,263,000
                                               ----------         ----------        ----------
Diluted earnings per share..................  $      0.55        $      0.36       $      0.06
                                               ==========         ==========        ==========
</TABLE>


     Vested stock  options which would be  antidilutive  have been excluded from
the calculations of diluted shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

     In  April,  1998,  the  Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee  issued
Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  98-5,   "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities."   The  SOP  requires  all  costs  incurred  as  start-up  costs  or
organization costs be expenses as incurred.  Adoption of the SOP is required for
fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1998.  The Company does not believe
that the new standard will have a material impact on the Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

     In March,  1998, the Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee issued SOP
98-1.  Accounting for the Costs of Computer  Software  Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use." This SOP required that computer  software costs that are incurred
in the  preliminary  project  stage be expensed as incurred and that criteria be
met before  capitalization  of costs to develop or obtain  internal use computer
software.  Adoption  of the SOP is required  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
December 15, 1998.  The Company does not believe that the new standard will have
a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

                                     F - 10
<PAGE>

Financial Instruments

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to credit risk
consist  principally of trade receivables and unbilled  services.  Management of
the Company believes the fair value of accounts receivable and unbilled services
approximates the carrying value.

NOTE 2 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31:

                                                1998              1997
                                             ---------         ---------
        Vehicles........................    $  109,000        $   26,000
        Furniture.......................     2,459,000           785,000
        Equipment.......................     8,438,000         4,337,000
        Computer software...............       816,000            25,000
        Leasehold improvements..........       474,000                --
                                            ----------        ----------
                                            12,296,000         5,173,000
        Less-Accumulated depreciation...    (2,790,000)       (1,392,000)
                                            -----------       ----------
                                            $9,506,000        $3,781,000
                                            ==========        ==========

     Included in the above is $102,000 of equipment held under capital leases at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996. Depreciation expense was $1,391,000,  $571,000
and $362,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

NOTE 3 - LINES OF CREDIT AND SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

     In January  1997,  and as later  amended on August 18,  1997,  the  Company
entered into a two-year  credit  agreement with a bank (the "Bank").  The credit
facility with the Bank has two  components  comprised of (i) a revolving line of
credit pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to $7.5 million either at the
Bank's prime rate per annum or the EuroRate plus 2% (at the  Company's  option),
and (ii)  equipment term loans pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an
aggregate  of  $350,000  (at the Bank's  prime rate plus 1/4 of 1% per annum) to
purchase  equipment.  The credit agreement  contains covenants which require the
Company to (i) maintain its working  capital during the year at no less than 90%
of the working capital at the end of the immediately  preceding  fiscal year and
at the end of each fiscal  year at no less than 105% of its  working  capital at
the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (ii) maintain its tangible
net worth  during the year at no less than 95% of its  tangible net worth at the
end of the immediately  preceding fiscal year and at the end of each fiscal year
at no less  than  108%  of  tangible  net  worth  at the end of the  immediately
preceding fiscal year. The Company's  obligations under the credit agreement are
collateralized  by  substantially  all of the  Company's  assets,  including its
accounts receivable and intellectual  property. At December 31, 1998 the Company
was in compliance with all covenants.  The facility was due to expire in January
1999, but was extended until a new  three-year  credit  agreement took effect on
January 29, 1999. (See Note 11).


                                     F - 11
<PAGE>
NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES

     Income tax  attributable to income from continuing  operations  consists of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1998               1997             1996
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>               <C>       
Current:
  Federal.................................     $2,843,000       $1,384,000        $  631,000
  State...................................        783,000          389,000           200,000
  Foreign.................................        882,000          456,000           248,000
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------
                                                4,508,000        2,229,000         1,079,000
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------

Deferred:
  Federal.................................        (71,000)          76,000          (259,000)
  State...................................        (21,000)          22,000           (72,000)
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------
                                                  (92,000)          98,000          (331,000)
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------

Total.....................................     $4,416,000       $2,327,000        $  748,000
                                               ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>


     The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying
the statutory rate of 34%, 35% and 35% in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  to
income before income taxes. The principal reasons for this difference are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1998               1997             1996
                                               ----------       ----------        ----------
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>              <C>
Tax at federal statutory rate.............          34%                34%              34%
Nondeductible expenses....................           5                  1                1
State income tax, net of federal benefit..           4                  4               (3)
Utilization of net operating loss
  carryforwards...........................          (1)                --               (8)
Foreign losses for which no benefit is
  available...............................           7                 --               16
Changes in valuation allowance............          --                 (3)             (14)
Foreign operations taxed at less than
  U.S. statutory rate, primarily India....         (11)                (7)              (1)
Other.....................................          (1)                 4                3
                                                 -----               -----           -----
Effective tax rate........................          37%                33%              28%
                                                 =====               =====           =====
</TABLE>

     In 1996, the Company elected a five year tax holiday in India in accordance
with a local tax incentive  program whereby no income taxes will be due for such
period.



                                     F - 12
<PAGE>
NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES - (CONTINUED)

Deferred  income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary  differences  between
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting  purposes
and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The significant components of the
Company's  deferred tax assets and  liabilities as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
are as follows:

                                                    1998            1997
                                                  ---------      ---------
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts............     $ 432,000       $ 327,000
  Certain accrued liabilities................       376,000          77,000
                                                  ---------       ---------
Total deferred tax assets....................       808,000         404,000

Deferred tax liability-accelerated
  depreciation...............................      (483,000)       (171,000)
                                                  ---------       ---------

Net deferred tax asset.......................     $ 325,000       $ 233,000
                                                  =========       =========

     Realization  of the net  deferred  tax assets is dependent on the timing of
the  reversal of temporary  differences.  Although  realization  is not assured,
management  believes it is more likely than not,  that the 1998 net deferred tax
assets will be realized.

NOTE 5 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employment Agreements

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company had employment agreements with certain
of its executives which provide for minimum payments in the event of termination
in other than for just cause. The aggregate amount of compensation commitment in
the event of termination under such agreements is approximately $682,000.

Leases

     The Company  leases office space and office  equipment  and vehicles  under
capital and operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease
terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 1998.  Future  minimum  aggregate
annual lease payments are as follows:

            FOR THE YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,           CAPITAL       OPERATING
            --------------------------------------  -------------   ------------
        1999.....................................      $  11,000     $ 3,113,000
        2000.....................................          9,000       2,865,000
        2001.....................................             --       2,175,000
        2002.....................................             --       1,658,000
        2003.....................................             --       1,346,000
                                                       ---------       ---------
        Subtotal                                          20,000      11,157,000

        Thereafter...............................             --       5,702,000
        Less-Interest............................             --
                                                       ---------
                                                          20,000
        Less-Current portion.....................        (11,000)
                                                       ---------
                                                       $   9,000

     Rent  expense  for the years ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996 was
$2,153,000, $656,000 and $444,000, respectively.


                                     F - 13
<PAGE>
NOTE 5 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - (CONTINUED)

Legal

     The  Company is engaged in certain  legal and  administrative  proceedings.
Management  believes the outcome of these  proceedings  will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position or results of
operations.

NOTE 6 - STOCK OPTION PLANS AND WARRANTS

     The  Company's  stock  option  plans  permit  the  granting  of  options to
employees,  non-employee directors and consultants.  The Option Committee of the
Board of Directors  generally has the authority to select individuals who are to
receive  options  and to  specify  the terms and  conditions  of each  option so
granted,  including  the  number of shares  covered by the  option,  the type of
option  (incentive  stock option or  non-qualified  stock option),  the exercise
price,  vesting  provisions,  and the overall  option term. A total of 1,590,000
shares  of Common  Stock  have  been  reserved  for  issuance  under the  plans.
Subsequent  to December 31,  1998,  the Company  granted  options to purchase an
aggregate of 388,100 shares of its Common Stock to certain employees. All of the
options issued pursuant to these plans expire ten years from the date of grant.



                                     F - 14
<PAGE>
NOTE 6 - STOCK OPTION PLANS AND WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)

     The fair value of option grants for disclosure purposes is estimated on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model using the following
weighted-average assumptions: expected volatility of 78%, 62% and 41%, risk-free
interest  rate of 5.4%,  7.0% and 5.6% and  expected  lives of 8.5,  4.5 and 3.1
years, in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  The weighted average fair value of
options  granted  during  1998,  1997 and  1996 was  $13.49,  $6.96  and  $2.93,
respectively.

                                                                     Weighted
                                                Number of            Average
                                                 Shares           Exercise Price
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Options Outstanding,
        December 31, 1995                            --               $   --
     Granted                                    580,000               $ 8.38
     Canceled                                    (8,200)              $ 8.00
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Options Outstanding,
        December 31, 1996
        (none exercisable)                      571,800               $ 8.39
     Granted                                    647,640               $11.52
     Exercised                                 (102,381)              $ 8.20
     Canceled                                   (74,113)              $ 9.78
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Options Outstanding,
        December 31, 1997
        (93,674 exercisable)                  1,042,946               $10.25
     Granted                                  1,257,630               $16.81
     Exercised                                 (143,297)              $ 9.32
     Canceled                                  (258,138)              $ 4.91
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Options Outstanding,
        December 31, 1998 
        (262,156 exercisable)                 1,899,141               $14.14
                                              =========                =====



                                     F - 15
<PAGE>

NOTE 6 - STOCK OPTION PLANS AND WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)

     The following table summarizes  information about stock options outstanding
and exercisable at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Outstanding                             Exercisable
                                   -----------                             -----------
                                     Weighted        Weighted                        Weighted
 Exercise Price     Number of        Average         Average        Number of        Average
     Range            shares        Remaining        Exercise         shares         Exercise
                                     Life (in         Price                           Price
                                      years)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S><C>   <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>                <C>  
$8 to 10               282,706           6.0           $8.14         156,944            $8.10
$10 to 12              448,605           5.8          $10.82          70,282           $10.92
$12 to 15              142,000           9.5          $14.11           8,000           $12.13
$15 to 22            1,020,830           8.2          $17.21          26,930           $16.40
$22 to 24                5,000           9.6          $23.38              --               --
                    ----------                                      --------
$8 to 24             1,899,141           7.4          $14.14         262,156            $9.83
</TABLE>

     As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company has chosen to continue accounting for
stock options at their intrinsic value.  Accordingly,  no compensation  cost has
been  recognized  for the stock  option  plans.  Had  compensation  cost for the
Company's  stock  option  plans been  determined  based on the fair value option
pricing method, the tax-effective impact would be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1998                 1997                1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                   <C>         
Net income:
    as reported                       $  7,674,000        $  4,661,000          $    782,000
    pro forma                         $  2,759,000        $  2,433,000          $    423,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings per Share:
    as reported                              $0.57               $0.37                 $0.07
    pro forma                                $0.21               $0.29                 $0.04
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings per Share:
    as reported                              $0.55               $0.36                 $0.06
    pro forma                                $0.20               $0.28                 $0.03
</TABLE>




                                     F - 16
<PAGE>
NOTE 7 - STOCK RIGHTS

     In  October  1998 the  Company's  Board of  Directors  declared  a dividend
distribution of one Preferred Share Purchase Right for each outstanding share of
the Company's Common Stock.  These Rights will expire in November 2008 and trade
with the Company's Common Stock.  Such Rights are not presently  exercisable and
have no voting  power.  In the event a person or  affiliated  group of  persons,
acquires 20% or more, or makes a tender or exchange offer for 20% or more of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  the Rights  detach  from the Common  Stock and become
exercisable and entitle a holder to buy one one-hundredth  (1/100) of a share of
Preferred Stock at $100.00.

     If, after the Rights become exercisable, the Company is acquired or merged,
each Right will  entitle  its holder to  purchase  $200.00  market  value of the
surviving company's stock for $100.00,  based upon the current exercise price of
the Rights.  The Company may redeem the Rights, at its option, at $.01 per Right
prior to a public announcement that any person has acquired beneficial ownership
of at least  20% of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  These  Rights  are  designed
primarily to encourage  anyone  interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate
with the Board of Directors.

NOTE 8 - INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, STOCK SPLIT AND PREFERRED STOCK AUTHORIZATION

     In July 1996, the Company's Board of Directors recommended and shareholders
approved an amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to effect an
81,351.1111-for-1  stock split.  All common  shares and per share amounts in the
accompanying  financial  statements  have been  adjusted  retroactively  to give
effect to the stock split.

     The Company's  initial public offering for the sale of 2,050,000  shares of
its Common Stock became  effective on September 26, 1996 and the net proceeds of
approximately $19,065,000 (before deducting expenses of the offering paid by the
Company) were received on October 2, 1996.

     On July 2, 1997, the Company  consummated a follow-on  public offering (the
"Offering") of 1,000,000  shares of its Common Stock at a price to the public of
$9.50 per share.  On July 15, 1997 and as part of the  Offering,  an  additional
150,000  shares at $9.50 per share were  issued and sold by the Company to cover
over-allotments.  The net  proceeds  to the  Company  from the  Offering,  after
underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses of the Offering,  were
approximately $9,900,000.

NOTE 9 - ACQUISITIONS

     On May 7, 1998,  the Company  acquired  thirty  percent of the  outstanding
share capital of CPI  Consulting  Limited.  This  acquisition  was accounted for
utilizing  purchase  accounting.  The consideration paid by the Company included
the issuance of 165,696 shares of the Company's  Common Stock with a fair market
value of $3.1 million,  and a future  liability to the sellers  predicated  upon
operating  results for the balance of 1998.  The value of the liability has been
determined  as of  December  31,  1998 to be $2.5  million,  which is payable by
issuance of additional  155,208 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The excess
of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets  acquired was attributed
to intangible assets, amounting in the aggregate to $5.8 million.


                                     F - 17
<PAGE>

     On May 21, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding  share capital
of CPI Resources Limited. The acquisition of CPI Resources Limited was accounted
for as a pooling of interests.  Prior results for all periods have been restated
in accordance with pooling of interests  accounting.  As consideration  for this
acquisition, the Company issued 371,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. At
the time of the acquisition,  CPI Resources Limited owned seventy percent of the
outstanding share capital of CPI Consulting Limited.

     On November 25, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of all of the
outstanding  capital  stock  of  each of  Azimuth  Consulting  Limited,  Azimuth
Holdings Limited,  Braithwaite  Richmond Limited and Azimuth Corporation Limited
(collectively the "Azimuth Companies"). The acquisition of the Azimuth Companies
was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  Prior results for all periods have
been  restated  in  accordance   with  pooling  of  interests   accounting.   As
consideration  for this  acquisition,  the Company  issued 902,928 shares of the
Company's Common Stock.

     The pre-merger  results of CPI Resources  Limited and the Azimuth Companies
were revenues of  $14,137,000  and net income of $190,000 for 1997, and revenues
of  $14,510,000  and a net loss after taxes of $11,000 for 1996.  In  connection
with these mergers, $2,118,000 of non-recurring acquisition related charges were
incurred  and have been  charged to expense  during the year ended  December 31,
1998. These costs primarily  relate to professional  fees incurred in connection
with the mergers.

NOTE 10 - SEGMENT DATA AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

     The Company operates in one industry,  IT Services.  The Company's  service
lines share similar customer bases. The Company's identifiable business segments
can be categorized into three groups:

     o    ERP Implementation Services ("ERP") is the largest business segment of
          the   Company's   operations,   and   includes   the   implementation,
          integration,  and  development  of solutions  for clients  utilizing a
          class of application  products known as Enterprise  Resource  Planning
          software.  This class of products include  software  developed by such
          companies as SAP, Oracle, PeopleSoft, and Baan.

     o    Management  Consulting ("MC") includes business  consulting  services,
          such  as  Business  Process  Re-engineering,   Change  Management,  IT
          Strategy, and Software Selection.

     o    Advanced  Technology  Practice  ("ATP") includes  Internet  technology
          solutions  and custom  application  and  enhancement  development  for
          clients.



                                     F - 18
<PAGE>

     The following table presents financial information based upon the Company's
identifiable business segments for the year ended December 31, 1998. Information
on revenue, operating income and margins for these segments is not available for
the year ended  December 31, 1997, and the Company  determined  that it would be
impractical to recreate such data. Substantially all of the Company's operations
for the year ended December 31, 1996 were in the ERP segment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31, 1998                    ERP                MC                ATP
                                            ------------       -----------        -----------

<S>                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>        
Revenues                                    $120,761,000        $8,873,000         $15,227,000

Operating Income                             $25,836,000       ($1,232,000)         $2,304,000

Operating Margin                               21.4%               N/A              15.1%
</TABLE>


     The Company also  incurred  corporate  expenses  for  selling,  general and
administrative  activities of $12,820,000 and non-recurring  acquisition related
charges of  $2,118,000  during the year ended  December 31,  1998,  resulting in
total operating income of $11,970,000. Other 1998 information is as follows:

        Income before taxes                 $12,090,000

        Total assets                        $65,728,000

        Capital expenditures                $ 7,410,000

        Depreciation and amortization       $ 1,538,000

     The following table presents financial information based upon the Company's
geographic segments for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. For the year
ended December 31, 1996, substantially all of the Company's revenues,  operating
income, and assets were located within the United States.

                            Net               Operating         Identifiable
    1998                  Revenues             Income              Assets  
                          -------------------------------------------------

United States            $101,563,000      $  7,719,000         $48,983,000
Asia-Pacific               19,466,000         2,299,000           8,475,000
Europe                     23,832,000         1,952,000           8,270,000
                         --------------------------------------------------
Total                    $144,861,000       $11,970,000         $65,728,000
                         ==================================================

                            Net               Operating         Identifiable
    1997                  Revenues             Income              Assets  
                          -------------------------------------------------

United States            $ 69,278,000      $  4,075,000         $34,045,000
Asia-Pacific               12,438,000         1,875,000           3,849,000
Europe                     12,610,000           781,000           4,112,000
                         --------------------------------------------------
Total                    $ 94,326,000      $  6,731,000         $42,006,000
                         ==================================================


                                     F - 19
<PAGE>
NOTE 11 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On January 8, 1999, the Company acquired Network Publishing, Inc., based in
Provo,  Utah, for a purchase price of approximately  $4.5 million  consisting of
cash and Intelligroup  common stock.  NetPub shareholders will receive a portion
of this  consideration  as an  earnout,  payable  at a  later  date  subject  to
operating performance.

     On January 29,  1999,  the Company  entered  into a new  three-year  credit
agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with the PNC Bank N.A. (the "Bank").  The new
credit  facility  with the  Bank is  comprised  of a  revolving  line of  credit
pursuant  to which the  Company  may  borrow up to $30.0  million  either at the
Bank's prime rate per annum or the EuroRate plus 2% (at the  Company's  option).
The  Credit  Agreement  contains  covenants  which  require  the  Company to (i)
maintain a  consolidated  cash flow leverage  ratio equal to or less than 2.5 to
1.0 for the period of four fiscal quarters  preceding the date of  determination
taken together as one accounting period,  (ii) maintain a consolidated net worth
of not less than 90% of the consolidated net worth as of September 30, 1998 plus
50% of positive net income commencing October 1, 1998, and thereafter at the end
of each fiscal  year,  to be not less than  consolidated  net worth of the prior
fiscal year plus 50% of  positive  net income for such  fiscal  year,  (iii) not
enter into any agreement to purchase and/or pay for, or become  obligated to pay
for capital expenditures,  long term leases, capital leases or sale lease-backs,
in an amount at any time outstanding  aggregating in excess of $5,000,000 during
any fiscal year,  provided,  however,  in a one year  carry-forward  basis,  the
Company  may incur  capital  expenditures  not to exceed  $8,000,000  during any
fiscal  year,  and (iv)  shall not  cause or permit  the  minimum  fixed  charge
coverage  ratio,  calculated  on the basis of a  rolling  four  quarters  of (a)
consolidated  EBITDA to (b) the sum of cash  income tax  expense  plus  interest
expense,  plus  scheduled  principal  payments  under  any  indebtedness,   plus
dividends or  distributions  paid or declared,  to be less than 1.4 to 1.0 as at
the end of each fiscal quarter. The proceeds of the Credit Agreement may be used
by the Company for financing acquisitions and general corporate purposes. At the
Company's option, for each loan, interest shall be computed either at the Bank's
prime rate per annum or the Adjusted Libo Rate plus the  Applicable  Margin,  as
such terms are defined in the Loan Agreement.  The Company's  obligations  under
the credit  facility are payable at the  expiration  of such facility on January
29, 2002.

     On February 16, 1999,  the Company  completed  the  acquisition  of Empower
Solutions,  LLC, in a  transaction  expected to be accounted for as a pooling of
interests.  Intelligroup  issued  approximately 1.8 million shares of its common
stock in exchange for 100% Empower's outstanding equity.



                                     F - 20

                               INTELLIGROUP, INC.
                               ------------------

                    CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY AGREEMENT
                    -----------------------------------------

     THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as
of the 4th day of  November,  1998,  by and between  Intelligroup,  Inc.,  a New
Jersey corporation (the "Company"),  and Gerard Dorsey (a.k.a.  Rod Dorsey),  an
employee of the Company (the "Employee").

                                    Recitals:
                                    --------

1.    The  Company is a New  Jersey  corporation  that  provides a wide range of
      information  technology  services,   including   enterprise-wide  business
      process solutions, internet applications services, systems integration and
      custom software development based on leading technologies. The Employee is
      currently  employed  by the  Company as Senior  Vice  President  and Chief
      Financial Officer.

2.    The Company and the Employee desire to provide for the payment, in certain
      instances,  of  severance  pay  to  the  Employee  in  the  event  of  the
      termination of his or her employment  following a change of control of the
      Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement:

                                   Agreement:
                                   ---------

     In  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  covenants and conditions
set forth herein, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Operation  of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall be  effective
     ------------------------------------
immediately upon its execution, but the provisions hereof shall not be operative
unless  and until a "Change  in  Control"  (as such term is defined in Section 2
hereof) has occurred.  The provisions of this  Agreement  shall not be operative
and shall not apply to any  termination  of  employment,  for any reason,  which
          --- -----
occurs before the period beginning three months and one day prior to a Change in
Control or which occurs after the period  beginning one year and one day after a
Change in Control.

     Section 2.  Change in  Control.  The term  "Change in  Control"  as used in
     ------------------------------
this Agreement shall mean the first to occur of any of the following:

     (a) The effective date or date of consummation of any transaction or series
     of transactions (other than a transaction to which only the Company and one
     or more of its subsidiaries are parties) pursuant to which the Company:

            (i) becomes a subsidiary of another  corporation;  (ii) is merged or
            consolidated with or into another  corporation;  (iii) engages in an
            exchange  of shares with  another  corporation;  or (iv)  transfers,
            sells  or  otherwise  disposes  of all or  substantially  all of its
            assets to a single purchaser (other than the Employee) or a group of
            purchasers (none of whom is the Employee);
<PAGE>
     provided,  however,  that this  Subsection (a) shall not be applicable to a
     --------   -------
     transaction  or series of  transactions  in which a majority of the capital
     stock of the other  corporation,  following  such  transaction or series of
     transactions,  is owned or  controlled  by the holders of a majority of the
     Company's  outstanding capital stock immediately before such sale, transfer
     or disposition; or

     (b) The date upon  which any person  (other  than the  Employee),  group of
     associated  persons  acting in concert  (none of whom is the  Employee)  or
     corporation  becomes a direct  or  indirect  beneficial  owner of shares of
     stock of the Company  representing  an aggregate of more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the votes then  entitled to be cast at an election of directors of
     the  Company;  provided,  however,  that this  Subsection  (b) shall not be
                    --------   -------
     applicable to a transaction or series of  transactions  in which the entity
     acquiring  such  ownership in excess of fifty  percent (50%) is a person or
     entity who is  eligible,  pursuant to Rule  13d-1(b)  under the  Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  to file a statement on Schedule 13G with
     respect to its beneficial ownership of the Company's capital stock, whether
     or not such person or entity shall have filed a Schedule  13G,  unless such
     person or entity shall have filed a Schedule 13D with respect to beneficial
     ownership of fifteen  (15%) or more of the  Company's  capital  stock;  and
     provided,  further,  that the  acquisition  of shares in a bona fide public
     --------   -------                                         ---- ----
     offering or private placement of securities by an investor who is acquiring
     such shares for passive  investment  purposes  only shall not  constitute a
     "Change in Control;" or

     (c) The date  upon  which  the  persons  who were  members  of the Board of
     Directors of the Company as of the date of execution of this Agreement (the
     "Current  Directors")  cease  to  constitute  a  majority  of the  Board of
     Directors;  provided,  however,  that any new director whose  nomination or
                 --------   -------
     selection  has been approved by the  affirmative  vote of at least seven of
     the  Current  Directors  then in  office  shall  also be  deemed a  Current
     Director.

     Section 3.  Severance Pay  Upon Termination by  Company Without Cause or By
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee for Cause. If, during the three-month  period  immediately  preceding a
- ------------------
Change in Control or during the one-year period  immediately  following a Change
in Control, the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated:

      (a) By the Company for no reason or for any reason other than:

          (i) death;  (ii)  disability  (in the event that the Employee shall be
          unable to  perform  his or her  duties  for a period  of  ninety  (90)
          consecutive  calendar  days by  reason  of  disability  as a result of
          illness,   accident  or  other   physical  or  mental   incapacity  or
          disability);  or (iii) the  dishonest  or  willful  misconduct  of the
          Employee,  including but not limited to: misappropriating any funds or
          property of the Company;  attempting to willfully  obtain any personal
          profit  from any  transaction  in which the  Employee  has an interest
          which is adverse to the interests of the Company;  any act or omission
          which  substantially  impairs  the  Company's  ability to conduct  its
          ordinary business in its usual manner; unreasonable neglect or refusal
          to perform the duties assigned to the

                                       2
<PAGE>
          Employee;  a  material  breach  of any  provision  of  the  Employee's
          employment agreement with the Company, if any; conviction of a felony;
          or any other act or omission  which subjects the Company or any of its
          subsidiaries to substantial public disrespect, scandal or ridicule; or

      (b) By the Employee as a result of, or within 30 days of, the following:

          (i) a reduction in the Employee's  rate of regular  compensation  from
          the  Company  to an amount  below the rate of the  Employee's  regular
          compensation  as  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
          termination  or  immediately  prior  to  the  Change  in  Control,  as
          applicable;  (ii)  a  requirement  that  the  Employee  relocate  to a
          location more than thirty-five  (35) miles from the Employee's  office
          location  with  the  Company   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
          termination  or  immediately  prior  to  the  Change  in  Control,  as
          applicable;  or (iii) a change in duties or job responsibilities  from
          those in effect  immediately  prior to the  Employee's  termination or
          immediately  prior to the  Change in  Control,  as  applicable,  which
          change results in the diminution of the Employee's  status,  authority
          and  duties,   except  for  such   subordination   in  duties  or  job
          responsibilities  as may  normally  be required  due to the  Company's
          change from an  independent  business  entity to being a subsidiary or
          division of another corporate entity;

then, in the event (A) such termination  occurred during the three-month  period
immediately preceding such Change in Control, the Company shall pay the Employee
the Severance Amount  (hereinafter  defined) within 30 days of the occurrence of
the Change in  Control  or (B) such  termination  occurred  during the  one-year
period following the occurrence of the Change in Control,  the Company shall pay
the Employee the Severance  Amount,  within thirty (30) days after the effective
date of the Employee's  termination.  For purposes of this Agreement,  Severance
Amount  shall mean an amount equal to the sum of: (x) either (i) the rate of the
Employee's  monthly regular  compensation as in effect  immediately prior to the
Employee's  termination  or  immediately  prior to the  Change  in  Control,  as
applicable,  times twelve minus the number of months since the change of control
or else (ii) if the employee has been  employed by the Company for less than six
months  at the  time of such  termination,  the rate of the  Employee's  monthly
regular   compensation  as  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
termination or immediately prior to the Change in Control, as applicable,  times
a factor of six minus the  number of months  since the  change of  control,  but
whether  under the  preceding  clause  (i) or (ii) in no event  shall the factor
times the applicable  monthly  compensation rate be less than three; and (y) the
Company's cost of then available health insurance  benefits,  as are customarily
provided to employees of the Company,  for a period of twenty-four  (24) months.
In addition, upon such termination:  (i) the next portion under the stock option
vesting  schedule of any outstanding  stock options granted to the Employee that
would not  otherwise  have been  vested  until some time after such  termination
occurred shall thereupon vest immediately and be exercisable by the Employee and
(ii) fifty percent of the remainder of any other  outstanding but unvested stock
options,  shall  thereupon vest  immediately and be exercisable by the Employee.
The Company may  withhold  from any such  severance  compensation  any  federal,
state, city, county or other taxes.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     Section  4.  No  Severance  Pay  Upon  Any  Other  Termination.   Upon  any
     -------------------------------------------------------------
termination  of the  Employee's  employment  with the Company  other than as set
forth in Section 3, the sole obligation hereunder of the Company shall be to pay
the Employee's regular compensation up to the effective date of termination. The
severance pay provisions hereunder do not, however, impact in any way the rights
of the Employee or the obligations of the Company under any employment agreement
or any other  agreement for the payment of employment  compensation  between the
Employee and the Company, whether such agreement(s) are in existence now or come
into existence hereafter; except, however, (i) that if such employment agreement
provides for severance pay which would be applicable  under  circumstances  that
would also obligate the Company to make similar  payments under this  Agreement,
                                                                ----  ---------
then this  Agreement  shall not be deemed as additive  but shall be construed so
     ----  ---------
that the obligations  hereunder when applied in conjunction  with the employment
                      ---------
agreement,  do not require  the  Company to make such  payments in excess of the
amount or time set forth  herein,  and (ii) with regard to the  acceleration  of
options the employee may elect to substitute the acceleration  provision of this
Agreement in place of any provision  dealing  specifically  with acceleration in
the  employment  agreement.  By  way  of  illustration,  if  the  severance  pay
provisions of this Agreement were activated by a termination  that also would be
deemed to  activate a  then-existing  employment  agreement  with a  termination
provision  which  provided  for six  months  of  severance  at the same  regular
compensation  rate,  then this  Agreement  would be construed to provide only an
additional  six months  severance  pay (plus the cost of the health  benefits in
this  Agreement's  Severance  Amount)  rather  than twelve  months,  keeping the
monthly factor between the two agreements as twelve months, rather than eighteen
months for the calculation of the Employee's  severance pay. If the basis of the
severance amount were calculated  differently in the employment agreement,  then
the Employee  would  receive the greater of the  amount(s)  due either under the
employment  agreement or the Severance  Amount under this  Agreement.  By way of
further   illustration   if  the  severance  pay  provisions   relating  to  the
acceleration of the vesting of options specified that only a fraction would vest
that was less than half of those options granted,  then the Employee could elect
to accept the 50% acceleration provision of this Agreement.

     Section 5. Entire Obligation.  Payment to the Employee pursuant to Sections
     ----------------------------
3 or 4 of this Agreement shall  constitute the entire  obligation of the Company
to the  Employee and full  settlement  of any claim under law or equity that the
Employee might  otherwise  assert against the Company,  or any of its employees,
officers or directors on account of the Employee's termination.

     Section 6. No Obligation to Continue  Employment.  This  Agreement does not
     ------------------------------------------------
create  any  obligation  on the part of the  Company to  continue  to employ the
Employee following a Change in Control or in the absence of a Change in Control.

     Section 7. Term of Agreement.  This Agreement shall terminate and no longer
     ----------------------------
be in  effect  on the  earlier  of:  (i)  the  termination  date  of  employment
agreement,  if any;  (ii) the date  upon  which  the  Employee  ceases  to be an
employee of the Company,  unless a Change in Control  occurs within three months
after such  termination  date; or (iii) if a Change in Control  occurs while the
Employee is  employed  by the  Company,  until the date one year  following  the
Change in Control.


                                       4
<PAGE>
     Section 8. Severability.   Should any  clause,  portion or section of  this
     -----------------------
Agreement be unenforceable or invalid for any reason,  such  unenforceability or
invalidity shall not affect the  enforceability  or validity of the remainder of
the Agreement.

     Section 9.  Assignment:  Successors  in  Interest.  This  Agreement,  being
     -------------------------------------------------
personal to the  Employee,  may not be assigned by the  Employee.  The terms and
conditions of this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the successors and assigns of the Company, and the heirs, executors and personal
representatives of the Employee.

     Section 10. Waiver.   Failure to insist upon strict  compliance with any of
     ------------------
the terms,  covenants  or  conditions  of this  Agreement  shall not be deemed a
waiver  of  such  term,   covenant  or  condition,   nor  shall  any  waiver  or
relinquishment  of any  right or  power  hereunder  at any one or more  times be
deemed a waiver or  relinquishment  of such  right or power at any other time or
times.

     Section  11.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
     ----------------------------
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey  applicable in
the case of agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State.

     Section 12.  Arbitration.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising out of or in
     ------------------------
connection  with this  Agreement  shall be settled by  arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in effect in the
State of New Jersey and judgment upon such award  rendered by the arbitrator may
be entered in any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The arbitration shall be
held in the State of New Jersey.  The arbitration award shall include attorneys'
fees and costs to the prevailing party.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the  undersigned as of
the date first above written.

                                    Intelligroup, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ Stephen A. Carns
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        Stephen A. Carns
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer



                                    The Employee


                                    /s/ Rod Dorsey
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                        Rod Dorsey


                                       5

                               INTELLIGROUP, INC.
                               ------------------

                    CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY AGREEMENT
                    -----------------------------------------

     THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as
of the 4th day of  November,  1998,  by and between  Intelligroup,  Inc.,  a New
Jersey corporation (the "Company"), and Alan Ziegler, an employee of the Company
(the "Employee").

                                    Recitals:
                                    --------

1.   The  Company  is a New  Jersey  corporation  that  provides a wide range of
     information technology services, including enterprise-wide business process
     solutions,  internet applications services,  systems integration and custom
     software  development  based  on  leading  technologies.  The  Employee  is
     currently employed by the Company as General Counsel and Secretary.

2.   The Company and the Employee desire to provide for the payment,  in certain
     instances, of severance pay to the Employee in the event of the termination
     of his or her employment  following a change of control of the Company,  on
     the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement:

                                   Agreement:
                                   ---------

     In  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  covenants and conditions
set forth herein, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Operation  of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall be  effective
     ------------------------------------
immediately upon its execution, but the provisions hereof shall not be operative
unless  and until a "Change  in  Control"  (as such term is defined in Section 2
hereof) has occurred.  The provisions of this  Agreement  shall not be operative
and shall not apply to any  termination  of  employment,  for any reason,  which
occurs before the period beginning three months and one day prior to a Change in
Control or which occurs after the period  beginning one year and one day after a
Change in Control.

     Section 2. Change in Control.  The term "Change in Control" as used in this
     ----------------------------
Agreement shall mean the first to occur of any of the following:

     (a)  The  effective  date or date of  consummation  of any  transaction  or
     series of transactions  (other than a transaction to which only the Company
     and one or more of its  subsidiaries  are  parties)  pursuant  to which the
     Company:

          (i) becomes a  subsidiary  of another  corporation;  (ii) is merged or
          consolidated  with or into another  corporation;  (iii)  engages in an
          exchange of shares with another corporation;  or (iv) transfers, sells
          or otherwise  disposes of all or substantially  all of its assets to a
          single  purchaser  (other than the  Employee) or a group of purchasers
          (none of whom is the Employee);


<PAGE>
     provided,  however,  that this  Subsection (a) shall not be applicable to a
     --------   -------
     transaction  or series of  transactions  in which a majority of the capital
     stock of the other  corporation,  following  such  transaction or series of
     transactions,  is owned or  controlled  by the holders of a majority of the
     Company's  outstanding capital stock immediately before such sale, transfer
     or disposition; or

     (b) The date upon  which any person  (other  than the  Employee),  group of
     associated  persons  acting in concert  (none of whom is the  Employee)  or
     corporation  becomes a direct  or  indirect  beneficial  owner of shares of
     stock of the Company  representing  an aggregate of more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the votes then  entitled to be cast at an election of directors of
     the  Company;  provided,  however,  that this  Subsection  (b) shall not be
                    --------   -------
     applicable to a transaction or series of  transactions  in which the entity
     acquiring  such  ownership in excess of fifty  percent (50%) is a person or
     entity who is  eligible,  pursuant to Rule  13d-1(b)  under the  Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  to file a statement on Schedule 13G with
     respect to its beneficial ownership of the Company's capital stock, whether
     or not such person or entity shall have filed a Schedule  13G,  unless such
     person or entity shall have filed a Schedule 13D with respect to beneficial
     ownership of fifteen  (15%) or more of the  Company's  capital  stock;  and
     provided,  further,  that the  acquisition  of shares in a bona fide public
     --------   -------                                         ---- ----
     offering or private placement of securities by an investor who is acquiring
     such shares for passive  investment  purposes  only shall not  constitute a
     "Change in Control;" or

     (c) The date  upon  which  the  persons  who were  members  of the Board of
     Directors of the Company as of the date of execution of this Agreement (the
     "Current  Directors")  cease  to  constitute  a  majority  of the  Board of
     Directors;  provided,  however,  that any new director whose  nomination or
                 --------   -------
     selection  has been approved by the  affirmative  vote of at least seven of
     the  Current  Directors  then in  office  shall  also be  deemed a  Current
     Director.

     Section 3. Severance Pay Upon  Termination  by Company  Without Cause or By
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee for Cause. If, during the three-month  period  immediately  preceding a
- ------------------
Change in Control or during the one-year period  immediately  following a Change
in Control, the Employee's employment with the Company is terminated:

     (a)  By the Company for no reason or for any reason other than:

          (i) death;  (ii)  disability  (in the event that the Employee shall be
          unable to  perform  his or her  duties  for a period  of  ninety  (90)
          consecutive  calendar  days by  reason  of  disability  as a result of
          illness,   accident  or  other   physical  or  mental   incapacity  or
          disability);  or (iii) the  dishonest  or  willful  misconduct  of the
          Employee,  including but not limited to: misappropriating any funds or
          property of the Company;  attempting to willfully  obtain any personal
          profit  from any  transaction  in which the  Employee  has an interest
          which is adverse to the interests of the Company;  any act or omission
          which  substantially  impairs  the  Company's  ability to conduct  its
          ordinary business in its usual manner; unreasonable neglect or refusal
          to perform the duties assigned to the

<PAGE>
          Employee;  a  material  breach  of any  provision  of  the  Employee's
          employment agreement with the Company, if any; conviction of a felony;
          or any other act or omission  which subjects the Company or any of its
          subsidiaries to substantial public disrespect, scandal or ridicule; or

     (b)  By the Employee as a result of, or within 30 days of, the following:

          (i) a reduction in the Employee's  rate of regular  compensation  from
          the  Company  to an amount  below the rate of the  Employee's  regular
          compensation  as  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
          termination  or  immediately  prior  to  the  Change  in  Control,  as
          applicable;  (ii)  a  requirement  that  the  Employee  relocate  to a
          location more than thirty-five  (35) miles from the Employee's  office
          location  with  the  Company   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
          termination  or  immediately  prior  to  the  Change  in  Control,  as
          applicable;  or (iii) a change in duties or job responsibilities  from
          those in effect  immediately  prior to the  Employee's  termination or
          immediately  prior to the  Change in  Control,  as  applicable,  which
          change results in the diminution of the Employee's  status,  authority
          and  duties,   except  for  such   subordination   in  duties  or  job
          responsibilities  as may  normally  be required  due to the  Company's
          change from an  independent  business  entity to being a subsidiary or
          division of another corporate entity;

then, in the event (A) such termination  occurred during the three-month  period
immediately preceding such Change in Control, the Company shall pay the Employee
the Severance Amount  (hereinafter  defined) within 30 days of the occurrence of
the Change in  Control  or (B) such  termination  occurred  during the  one-year
period following the occurrence of the Change in Control,  the Company shall pay
the Employee the Severance  Amount,  within thirty (30) days after the effective
date of the Employee's  termination.  For purposes of this Agreement,  Severance
Amount  shall mean an amount equal to the sum of: (x) either (i) the rate of the
Employee's  monthly regular  compensation as in effect  immediately prior to the
Employee's  termination  or  immediately  prior to the  Change  in  Control,  as
applicable,  times twelve minus the number of months since the change of control
or else (ii) if the employee has been  employed by the Company for less than six
months  at the  time of such  termination,  the rate of the  Employee's  monthly
regular   compensation  as  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  the  Employee's
termination or immediately prior to the Change in Control, as applicable,  times
a factor of six minus the  number of months  since the  change of  control,  but
whether  under the  preceding  clause  (i) or (ii) in no event  shall the factor
times the applicable  monthly  compensation rate be less than three; and (y) the
Company's cost of then available health insurance  benefits,  as are customarily
provided to employees of the Company,  for a period of twenty-four  (24) months.
In addition, upon such termination:  (i) the next portion under the stock option
vesting  schedule of any outstanding  stock options granted to the Employee that
would not  otherwise  have been  vested  until some time after such  termination
occurred shall thereupon vest immediately and be exercisable by the Employee and
(ii) fifty percent of the remainder of any other  outstanding but unvested stock
options,  shall  thereupon vest  immediately and be exercisable by the Employee.
The Company may  withhold  from any such  severance  compensation  any  federal,
state, city, county or other taxes.


<PAGE>
     Section  4.   No  Severance  Pay  Upon  Any  Other  Termination.  Upon  any
     ---------------------------------------------------------------
termination  of the  Employee's  employment  with the Company  other than as set
forth in Section 3, the sole obligation hereunder of the Company shall be to pay
the Employee's regular compensation up to the effective date of termination. The
severance pay provisions hereunder do not, however, impact in any way the rights
of the Employee or the obligations of the Company under any employment agreement
or any other  agreement for the payment of employment  compensation  between the
Employee and the Company, whether such agreement(s) are in existence now or come
into existence hereafter; except, however, (i) that if such employment agreement
provides for severance pay which would be applicable  under  circumstances  that
would also obligate the Company to make similar  payments under this  Agreement,
                                                                ----  ---------
then this  Agreement  shall not be deemed as additive  but shall be construed so
     ----  ---------
that the obligations  hereunder when applied in conjunction  with the employment
                      ---------
agreement,  do not require  the  Company to make such  payments in excess of the
amount or time set forth  herein,  and (ii) with regard to the  acceleration  of
options the employee may elect to substitute the acceleration  provision of this
Agreement in place of any provision  dealing  specifically  with acceleration in
the  employment  agreement.  By  way  of  illustration,  if  the  severance  pay
provisions of this Agreement were activated by a termination  that also would be
deemed to  activate a  then-existing  employment  agreement  with a  termination
provision  which  provided  for six  months  of  severance  at the same  regular
compensation  rate,  then this  Agreement  would be construed to provide only an
additional  six months  severance  pay (plus the cost of the health  benefits in
this  Agreement's  Severance  Amount)  rather  than twelve  months,  keeping the
monthly factor between the two agreements as twelve months, rather than eighteen
months for the calculation of the Employee's  severance pay. If the basis of the
severance amount were calculated  differently in the employment agreement,  then
the Employee  would  receive the greater of the  amount(s)  due either under the
employment  agreement or the Severance  Amount under this  Agreement.  By way of
further   illustration   if  the  severance  pay  provisions   relating  to  the
acceleration of the vesting of options specified that only a fraction would vest
that was less than half of those options granted,  then the Employee could elect
to accept the 50% acceleration provision of this Agreement.

     Section 5. Entire Obligation.  Payment to the Employee pursuant to Sections
     ----------------------------
3 or 4 of this Agreement shall  constitute the entire  obligation of the Company
to the  Employee and full  settlement  of any claim under law or equity that the
Employee might  otherwise  assert against the Company,  or any of its employees,
officers or directors on account of the Employee's termination.

     Section 6. No Obligation to Continue Employment.  This  Agreement  does not
     -----------------------------------------------
create  any  obligation  on the part of the  Company to  continue  to employ the
Employee following a Change in Control or in the absence of a Change in Control.

     Section 7. Term of Agreement.  This Agreement shall terminate and no longer
     ----------------------------
be in  effect  on the  earlier  of:  (i)  the  termination  date  of  employment
agreement,  if any;  (ii) the date  upon  which  the  Employee  ceases  to be an
employee of the Company,  unless a Change in Control  occurs within three months
after such  termination  date; or (iii) if a Change in Control  occurs while the
Employee is  employed  by the  Company,  until the date one year  following  the
Change in Control.

<PAGE>

     Section  8.  Severability.  Should any  clause,  portion or section of this
     -------------------------
Agreement be unenforceable or invalid for any reason,  such  unenforceability or
invalidity shall not affect the  enforceability  or validity of the remainder of
the Agreement.

     Section 9.  Assignment:  Successors  in  Interest.  This  Agreement,  being
     -------------------------------------------------
personal to the  Employee,  may not be assigned by the  Employee.  The terms and
conditions of this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the successors and assigns of the Company, and the heirs, executors and personal
representatives of the Employee.

     Section 10. Waiver.  Failure to insist upon  strict compliance with  any of
     ------------------
the terms,  covenants  or  conditions  of this  Agreement  shall not be deemed a
waiver  of  such  term,   covenant  or  condition,   nor  shall  any  waiver  or
relinquishment  of any  right or  power  hereunder  at any one or more  times be
deemed a waiver or  relinquishment  of such  right or power at any other time or
times.

     Section  11.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
     ----------------------------
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey  applicable in
the case of agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State.

     Section 12.  Arbitration.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising out of or in
     ------------------------
connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in effect in the
State of New Jersey and judgment upon such award  rendered by the arbitrator may
be entered in any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The arbitration shall be
held in the State of New Jersey.  The arbitration award shall include attorneys'
fees and costs to the prevailing party.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the  undersigned as of
the date first above written.

                                    Intelligroup, Inc.


                                    By:  /s/ Stephen A. Carns
                                        --------------------------------------
                                         Stephen A. Cams
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer


                                    The Employee


                                     /s/ Alan Ziegler
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                         Alan Ziegler


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                         REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN AGREEMENT



                             executed by and between



                               INTELLIGROUP, INC.,
                                 as the Borrower



                                       and



                         PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                  as the Lender







                             Dated: January 29, 1999





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

                                   ARTICLE I
                      DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION AND
                          CONSTRUCTION; AND ACCOUNTING

    Section 1.01  Definitions................................................1
    Section 1.02  Rules of Interpretation and Construction..................17
    Section 1.03  Accounting Principles.....................................17

                                   ARTICLE II
               AMOUNT AND TERMS FOR THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

    Section 2.01  Revolving Credit Facility.................................18
    Section 2.02  Interest on the Revolving Credit Loans....................19
    Section 2.03  Fees......................................................22
    Section 2.04  Voluntary Prepayments.....................................23
    Section 2.05  Payments..................................................23
    Section 2.06  Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans........25
    Section 2.07  Increased Capital.........................................28
    Section 2.08. Authorized Officers of the Borrower.......................28
    Section 2.09  Taxes.....................................................29
    Section 2.10  Letter Of Credit..........................................30
    Section 2.11  Lender Not Liable.........................................31

                                  ARTICLE III
                     CONDITIONS TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN

    Section 3.01  Conditions Precedent to the Effectiveness of this
                  Loan Agreement............................................33
    Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to All Revolving Credit Loans........34

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    Section 4.01  Representations and Warranties on the Closing Date........35
    Section 4.02. Subsequent Funding Representations and Warranties.........41
    Section 4.03. SEC Filings...............................................41

                                   ARTICLE V
                               REPORTING COVENANTS

    Section 5.01  Statement of Accounting...................................41
    Section 5.02  Reporting and Information Requirements....................42

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    Section 6.01  Corporate Existence, etc..................................44
    Section 6.02  Corporate Powers, etc.....................................44
    Section 6.03  Compliance with Laws, etc.................................45
    Section 6.04  Payment of Taxes and Claims...............................45

                                       i
<PAGE>

    Section 6.05  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance......................45
    Section 6.06  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Disclosure.....45
    Section 6.07  Litigation, Claims, etc...................................46
    Section 6.08  Maintenance of Licenses, Permits, etc.....................46
    Section 6.09  Continuation of or Change in Business.....................46
    Section 6.10  Additional Corporate Guarantors...........................46
    Section 6.11  Year 2000.................................................46
    Section 6.12  Further Acts..............................................47

                                  ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    Section 7.01  Additional Liens..........................................47
    Section 7.02  Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions and Sales of Assets.48
    Section 7.03  Loans and Investments.....................................49
    Section 7.04  Indebtedness..............................................49
    Section 7.05  ERISA.....................................................50
    Section 7.06  Amendment of Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws.........51
    Section 7.07  Margin Regulations........................................51
    Section 7.08  Cancellation of Debt; Prepayment..........................51
    Section 7.09  Environmental Liabilities.................................51
    Section 7.10  Fiscal Year...............................................52
    Section 7.11  Guaranties................................................52
    Section 7.12  Change in Business........................................52
    Section 7.13  Other Negative Pledges....................................52

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

    Section 8.01  Maximum Consolidated Cash Flow Leverage Ratio.............52
    Section 8.02  Minimum Consolidated Net Worth............................53
    Section 8.03  Capital Expenditures......................................53
    Section 8.04  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.......................53

                                   ARTICLE IX
                     EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

    Section 9.01  Events of Default.........................................53
    Section 9.02  Rights and Remedies.......................................55
    Section 9.03  Application of Proceeds...................................56
    Section 9.04  No Notices................................................56
    Section 9.05  Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses.............56
    Section 9.06  No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver................56
    Section 9.07  Failure to Exercise Rights................................57
    Section 9.08  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL......................................57
    Section 9.09  Remedies Cumulative.......................................57

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 10.01.Expenses..................................................58
    Section 10.02.Indemnity.................................................58
    Section 10.03.Amendments and Waivers....................................59
    Section 10.04.Independence of Covenants.................................59

                                       ii
<PAGE>
    Section 10.05.Notices...................................................59
    Section 10.06 Survival of Warranties and Agreements.....................59
    Section 10.07 Marshaling; Recourse to Security; Payments Set Aside......60
    Section 10.08 Severability..............................................60
    Section 10.09 Governing Law.............................................60
    Section 10.10 Successors and Assigns....................................60
    Section 10.11 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS............60
    Section 10.12 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Inconsistencies..............61
    Section 10.13 Construction..............................................61
    Section 10.14 Entire Agreement..........................................61
    Section 10.15 Confidentiality...........................................61




                                      iii
<PAGE>

                             EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
                             ----------------------

                                    Exhibits
                                    --------

Exhibit "A"                  List of Eurodollar Affiliates
Exhibit "B"                  Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit "C"                  Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit "D"                  Form of Officer's Certificate
Exhibit "D1"                 Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit "E"                  Form of Revolving Credit Loan Note
Exhibit "F"                  Form of Opinion Letter of Borrower's Counsel

                                    Schedules
                                    ---------

Schedule 4.01(v)             Material Pending Actions, Suits, Proceedings,
                             Governmental Investigations or Arbitrations
Schedule 4.01(xii)           Material Environmental Disclosure
Schedule 4.01(xiii)          ERISA
Schedule 4.01(xxi)           Labor Unions/Collective Bargaining Agreements
Schedule 4.01(xxiii)         Material Contracts
Schedule 6.10                List of Corporate Guarantors
Schedule 7.01                Permitted Liens
Schedule 7.04                Existing Debt
Schedule 7.11                List of Contingent Obligations


                                       iv
<PAGE>
                         REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN AGREEMENT
                         -------------------------------

     THIS REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN AGREEMENT (hereinafter as it may be from time to
time amended, modified,  extended, renewed, refinanced and/or supplemented shall
be  referred  to as this "Loan  Agreement"),  is made this 29th day of  January,
1999, by and between

     INTELLIGROUP,  INC., a  corporation  duly  organized,  existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey,  having its principal office
located at 499 Thornall Street,  Edison, New Jersey 08837 (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Borrower"),

     AND

     PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a  national  banking  institution  duly
organized and validly  existing  under the laws of the United States of America,
having an office  located at Two Tower Center  Boulevard,  East  Brunswick,  New
Jersey 08816 (hereinafter referred to as the "Lender").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

     WHEREAS,  the Borrower has requested  that the Lender make available to the
Borrower a senior  unsecured  revolving  credit loan in the aggregate  principal
amount  of up  to  Thirty  Million  ($30,000,000.00)  Dollars  for  the  general
corporate  purposes of the  Borrower  and to finance  acquisitions  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Revolving Credit Facility"); and

     WHEREAS,  the  Lender  has  agreed to make the  Revolving  Credit  Facility
available  to the  Borrower,  subject to the terms,  conditions  and  provisions
hereinafter set forth; and

     NOW,  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  these  premises  and  the  mutual
representations,  covenants and agreements of the Borrower and the Lender,  each
party,  binding  itself and its  successors  and assigns,  does hereby  promise,
covenant and agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I
                    DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION AND
                          CONSTRUCTION; AND ACCOUNTING
                          ----------------------------

     SECTION  1.01  DEFINITIONS.  The  following  terms,  as used  in this  Loan
Agreement,  shall have the  following  meanings,  unless the  context  expressly
indicates and requires otherwise:

     "Adjusted LIBO Rate" shall mean,  with respect to any Eurodollar  Rate Loan
for any Eurodollar Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if  necessary,  to the next  highest  1/16 of 1%) equal to (i) the LIBO Rate for
such Eurodollar Interest Period multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
                                ---------- --

     "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to a specified Person,  another Person
that directly or indirectly through one or more  intermediaries,  controls or is
controlled  by, or is under common


                                       1
<PAGE>
control with the Person specified.  For the purposes of the preceding  sentence,
"controls"  (including,  with  correlative  meanings,  the terms  "controlling",
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
Person,  shall mean the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to
direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting  securities or by contract or otherwise,
and in any case shall include direct or indirect  ownership  (beneficially or of
record) of, or direct or indirect  power to vote,  ten percent  (10%) or more of
the  outstanding  shares of any class of capital stock of such Person (or in the
case of a Person that is not a  corporation,  ten  percent  (10%) or more of any
class of equity interest).

     "Agreement of Guaranty"  shall mean any Agreement of Guaranty,  in form and
substance reasonably  acceptable to the Lender and to the Corporate  Guarantors,
dated the date of execution  thereof,  executed by the  Corporate  Guarantors in
favor of the Lender,  pursuant to which the Corporate  Guarantors have agreed to
unconditionally  guaranty,  on a joint and several basis,  the full,  prompt and
                            -- - ----- --- ------- -----
complete performance of all of the Borrower's duties,  covenants and obligations
under this Loan  Agreement,  the  Revolving  Credit Loan Note and the other Loan
Documents.  The term  "Agreement  of Guaranty"  shall also be deemed to mean and
refer  to all  amendments,  modifications,  extensions,  renewals,  refinancings
and/or  supplements to said agreement made and/or entered into subsequent to the
Closing  Date,   including,   without  limitation,   all  amendments  which  are
consummated  for the  purposes  of adding any new and/or  additional  Persons as
Corporate  Guarantors,  all as  provided  for  in  Section  6.10  of  this  Loan
                                                   -------------
Agreement.

     "Applicable  Index" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(ii) of
                                                             ----------------
this Loan Agreement.

     "Applicable  Margin" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(i)(b)
                                                              ------------------
of this Loan Agreement.

     "Authorized  Officer"  shall mean those  officers  of the  Borrower,  whose
signatures and incumbency shall have been certified to the Lender pursuant to an
Officer's  Certificate  delivered  on the  Closing  Date  or any  other  form of
resolution  or  certification  delivered to and approved by the Lender after the
Closing Date.

     "Bankruptcy  Code"  shall mean  shall  mean  Title 11 of the United  States
Bankruptcy  Code (11 U.S.C.  Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time,
                                         -- ---
or any successor statute.

     "Benefit  Plan" shall mean a defined  benefit  plan as defined in Section 3
(35) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) in respect of which the Borrower
or an ERISA Affiliate is, or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was,
an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     "Borrower" shall have the meaning ascribed and assigned to such term as set
forth in the preamble of this Loan Agreement.

     "Borrowing" shall mean a borrowing consisting of a Revolving Credit Loan or
Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower on the same day.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     "Business  Day"  shall mean (i) for all  purposes  other than as covered by
clause (ii) below,  any day  excluding  Saturday,  Sunday and any day which is a
- -----------
legal holiday under the laws of the State of New Jersey,  or is a day upon which
banking  institutions located in New Jersey are required or authorized by law or
other Governmental Action to remain closed and (ii) with respect to all notices,
determinations, fundings and payments in connection with a Eurodollar Rate Loan,
any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) above, and which is also
                                             ----------
a day for trading by and between banks in the London interbank market.

     "Capital  Expenditures"  of any Person  shall  mean,  for any  period,  all
expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities during such period)
of such  Person  during  such  period  which  would  be  classified  as  capital
expenditures   in  accordance   with  GAAP   (including,   without   limitation,
expenditures for maintenance and repair which are  capitalized,  and Capitalized
Leases to the extent an asset is recorded in connection  therewith in accordance
with GAAP), but excluding capital assets acquired as part of an acquisition.

     "Capitalized  Lease" and  "Capitalized  Leases"  shall mean at any time any
lease  which is, or is  required  under GAAP to be,  capitalized  on the balance
sheet of the lessee at such time.

     "Capitalized Lease  Obligations" of any Person,  shall mean all obligations
of such  Person  to pay  rent or other  amounts  under  any  lease  (or  similar
arrangement  conveying  the  right to use) of real or  personal  property,  or a
combination  thereof,  which  obligations  are  required  to be  classified  and
accounted for as Capitalized  Leases, in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of
such  obligations  shall  be  the  capitalized   amount  thereof  determined  in
accordance with GAAP.

     "Capital Stock" shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations or
other equivalents  (however  designated) of capital stock of a corporation,  any
and all  equivalent  ownership  interests in a Person (other than a corporation)
and any and all warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

     "CERCLIS" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability  Information  System List, as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     "Change in Control" shall mean (a) the  acquisition of ownership,  directly
or  indirectly,  beneficially  or of record,  by any Person or group (within the
meaning of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of shares
representing  more than  twenty-five  (25%)  percent of the  aggregate  ordinary
voting power  represented  by the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of the
Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on
the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated
by the board of directors of the  Borrower,  nor (ii)  appointed by directors so
nominated;  or (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower
by any Person or group. "Control" means the possession,  directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a
Person,  whether  through the ability to exercise  voting power,  by contract or
otherwise.

     "Claim"  or  "Claims"  shall mean any claim or demand,  by any  Person,  of
whatsoever

                                       3
<PAGE>
kind or nature for any alleged Liabilities and Costs, whether based in contract,
tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability,  criminal or civil statute,
permit, ordinance or regulation, common law or otherwise.

     "Closing  Date"  shall  mean the date upon  which  this Loan  Agreement  is
executed by the Lender and the Borrower, and the conditions set forth in Section
                                                                         -------
3.01  of  this  Loan   Agreement  have  been  completed  and  fulfilled  to  the
- ----
satisfaction of the Lender.

     "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  any successor
statute of similar import, and regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect
from time to time. References to sections of the Code shall be construed also to
refer to any successor sections.

     "Commitment"  shall  mean,  at any  particular  time during the term of the
Revolving Credit Facility, the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility
which the  Lender has  committed  to make  available  to the  Borrower,  as said
principal amount may be permanently  reduced by the Borrower pursuant to Section
                                                                         -------
2.01(v) of this Loan  Agreement.  As of the Closing  Date,  the  initial  amount
- -------
committed is $30,000,000.00.

     "Consolidated  Cash Flow  Leverage  Ratio"  shall mean with  respect to the
Borrower, the Corporate Guarantors and any Subsidiary,  on a consolidated basis,
as of any date of determination  thereof, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Debt, as
of such date of determination to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four
(4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters immediately preceding said date of determination
taken together as one accounting period, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Debt"  shall  mean,  as of any date of  determination,  with
respect to the Borrower, any of the Corporate Guarantors and any Subsidiary, the
aggregate  sum of the  following  items as such items  appear on a  consolidated
balance  sheet  of the  Borrower,  any  of  the  Corporate  Guarantors  and  any
Subsidiary  in accordance  with GAAP:  (i) the unpaid  principal  balance of all
indebtedness or liability for money borrowed or owed by the Borrower, any of the
Corporate  Guarantors  and/or any  Subsidiary  from time to time  (including any
renewals,  extensions and refinancings thereof), whether or not the indebtedness
was heretofore or hereafter created,  issued,  incurred,  assumed or guarantied;
(ii) the unpaid  principal  balance of all  indebtedness  or  liability  for the
deferred  purchase  price of property or services  incurred  (other than current
trade  liabilities  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business and payable in
accordance  with  customary  practices);  (iii) all  obligations as lessee under
leases which have been or should be recorded as Capitalized  Lease  Obligations;
and (iv) all obligations, contingent or otherwise relative to the face amount of
all  letters  of  credit  issued  for  the  Borrower,  Corporate  Guarantors  or
Subsidiaries' account, whether or not drawn.

     "Consolidated  EBITDA"  shall  mean  with  respect  to  the  Borrower,  the
Corporate  Guarantors  and  any  Subsidiary,  as of any  date  of  determination
thereof,  the amount  equal to the sum of (i)  Consolidated  Net Income for such
test period,  plus (ii) all gross interest  expense on Consolidated  Debt of the
              ----
Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors and any  Subsidiary,  for such test period,
plus (iii) all charges against income of the Borrower,  the Corporate Guarantors
- ----
and any  Subsidiary  for foreign,  federal,  state and local taxes for such test
period,  plus (iv) all depreciation

                                       4
<PAGE>
expense for such test period,  plus (v) all  amortization  expense for such test
                               ----
period plus (vi)  non-recurring  investment  banking,  legal and accounting fees
       ----
incurred in connection with permitted  acquisitions limited to the lesser of (A)
$1,000,000.00,  and (B) fifteen (15%)  percent of operating  income for any four
quarter measurement period, provided such fees are reported to the Lender at the
time the  financing  statements  are  provided  on a  separate  schedule  with a
reconciliation  to the applicable  expense line items,  plus (vii) all other net
                                                        ----
non-cash  charges for such test  period,  after  eliminating  therefrom  any (a)
extraordinary  items, (b) gains and losses from the sale of assets in connection
with  any   sale/leaseback   transaction  or  arrangement  and  (c)  results  of
discontinued operations, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Net Income"  shall mean with  respect to the  Borrower,  the
Corporate  Guarantors  and  any  Subsidiary,  as of any  date  of  determination
thereof, all amounts which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included under net
income  (after  the  payment  of  all  federal  and  state  income  taxes)  on a
consolidated income statement of the Borrower,  the Corporate Guarantors and any
Subsidiary for such test period.

     "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  shall  mean  as of any  date  of  determination
thereof,  the total  amount of the  stockholder's  equity of the  Borrower,  the
Corporate Guarantors and any Subsidiary which, in accordance with GAAP, would be
included as such on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower at such date.

     "Contingent  Obligation"  shall  mean as to any  Person  any  guarantee  of
payment or  performance  by such Person of any Debt or other  obligation  of any
other Person,  or any agreement to provide  financial  assurance with respect to
the financial condition, or the payment of the obligations of, such other Person
(including, without limitation, purchase or repurchase agreements, reimbursement
agreements  with  respect  to  letters  of  credit  or  acceptances,   indemnity
arrangements, grants of security interests to support the obligations of another
Person,  keepwell agreement and take-or-pay or through-put  arrangements)  which
has the effect of assuring or holding  harmless  any third  Person  against loss
with respect to one or more obligations of such third Person, provided, however,
                                                              --------  --------
that  the  term  Contingent   Obligation  shall  not  include   endorsements  of
instruments  for deposit or collection in the ordinary  course of business.  The
amount of any  Contingent  Obligation  of any  Person  shall be deemed to be the
lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation in respect of which such  Contingent  Obligation is made, and (b) the
maximum amount for which such contingently  liable Person may be liable pursuant
to the terms of the instrument embodying such Contingent Obligation, unless such
primary  obligation  and the maximum amount for which such  contingently  liable
Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of
such Contingent  Obligation shall be such  contingently  liable Person's maximum
reasonably  anticipated  liability  in  respect  thereof  as  determined  by the
Borrower in good faith.

     "Contractual  Obligation"  shall  mean  with  respect  to any  Person,  any
provision of any securities issued by said Person or of any indenture, mortgage,
deed of trust, contract, undertaking, document, instrument or other agreement or
instrument  to  which  said  Person  is a  party  or by  which  it or any of its
properties  is  bound,  or to  which  it or  any of its  properties  is  subject
(including,  without limitation,  any restrictive covenant affecting said Person
or any of its properties).

                                       5
<PAGE>
     "Corporate  Guarantors"  shall mean a collective  reference to any majority
owned  domestic  and  foreign  operating  subsidiary  of the  Borrower,  whether
existing now or in the future,  made a Corporate  Guarantor  pursuant to Section
                                                                         -------
6.10 hereof.  Each of the  Corporate  Guarantors  may  sometimes be  hereinafter
- ----
referred to individually as a "Corporate Guarantor".

     "Customary Permitted Liens" shall mean

            (i)   Liens  (other than  Environmental  Liens and  any Lien imposed
under ERISA) for taxes,  assessments or charges of any Governmental Authority or
claims not yet due or which are being  contested  in good  faith by  appropriate
proceedings  and with respect to which  adequate  reserves or other  appropriate
provisions are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

            (ii)  statutory   Liens  of   landlords   and   Liens  of  carriers,
warehousemen,  mechanics,  materialmen and other like Liens (other than any Lien
imposed under ERISA) imposed by Law,  including,  without  limitation,  Liens in
favor of any  Governmental  Authority  securing  progress  payments  made  under
government  contracts created in the ordinary course of business and for amounts
not  yet  due or  which  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate
proceedings which are sufficient to prevent imminent  foreclosure of such Liens,
are  promptly  instituted  and  diligently  conducted  and with respect to which
adequate  reserves  or other  appropriate  provision  are  being  maintained  in
accordance with GAAP;

            (iii) Liens  (other than any Lien imposed  under ERISA)  incurred or
deposits made in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation,
surety  bonds  and  appeal  bonds) in  connection  with  workers'  compensation,
unemployment  insurance and other types of social security benefits and deposits
securing  liability  to insurance  carriers  under  insurance or  self-insurance
arrangements or to secure the performance of tenders,  bids, leases,  contracts,
statutory  obligations  and other similar  obligations or arising as a result of
progress  payments or deposits under  government  contracts  (including  foreign
government contracts);

            (iv)  easements (including, without limitation,  reciprocal easement
agreements  and  utility  agreements),   rights-of-way,   covenants,   consents,
reservations,  encroachments,  variations  and other  restrictions,  charges  or
encumbrances  (whether or not  recorded)  affecting  the use of real property or
impairing  the use  thereof  which are  imposed by law or arise in the  ordinary
course of  business  that do not  secure  any  monetary  obligations  and do not
materially  detract  from  the  value of the  affected  property  or  materially
interfere  with the  ordinary  conduct of  business  of the Person  owning  such
property; and

            (v)   extensions,  renewals or  replacements of any Lien referred to
in  paragraphs  (i)  through  (iv)  above,  provided  (a)  that,  in the case of
paragraphs  (i) through  (iii) above,  the  principal  amount of the  obligation
secured  thereby is not  increased and (b) that any such  extension,  renewal or
replacement is limited to the property originally encumbered thereby;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  to the extent that the amount of obligations  of the Borrower  arising
- -------
from claims being  contested in good faith  secured by such Liens in  paragraphs
(i) and (ii) above exceeds $25,000.00 in the aggregate,  the Borrower shall have
set aside full cash reserves in the


                                       6
<PAGE>
amount of such obligations.

     "Debt"  shall mean with  respect to any  Person  the  aggregate  sum of the
following  items as such  items  appear  on a  balance  sheet of such  Person in
accordance with GAAP: (i) the unpaid  principal  balance of all  indebtedness or
liability for money borrowed or owed by such Person from time to time (including
any  renewals,   extensions  and  refinancings  thereof),  whether  or  not  the
indebtedness was heretofore or hereafter created, issued,  incurred,  assumed or
guarantied;  (ii) the unpaid principal  balance of all indebtedness or liability
for the deferred  purchase  price of property or services  incurred  (other than
current  trade  liabilities  incurred in the  ordinary  course of  business  and
payable in accordance with customary practices); (iii) all obligations as lessee
under  leases  which  have been or  should  be  recorded  as  Capitalized  Lease
Obligations;  and (iv) all obligations,  contingent or otherwise relative to the
face amount of all letters of credit issued for such Person's  account,  whether
or not drawn.

     "Default  Rate"  shall mean a rate of interest  equal to two hundred  basis
points  (2.0%)  above  the  Prime  Rate  then  in  effect  with  respect  to any
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.

     "DOL" shall mean the United  States  Department  of Labor and any successor
department or agency.

     "Dollar",  "Dollars"  and the  symbol "$" shall  mean  lawful  money of the
United States of America.

     "Dollar  Equivalent"  means,  with  respect to any amount in Dollars,  such
amount.

     "Environment" shall mean all air, surface water, water, vapor, groundwater,
drinking  water  supply or land,  including  land  surface  or  subsurface,  and
includes all fish, wildlife, biota and all other natural resources.

     "Environmental  Approval"  and  "Environmental  Approvals"  shall  mean any
Governmental Action pursuant to or required under any Environmental Law.

     "Environmental  Concern Materials" shall mean (i) any flammable  substance,
explosive,  radioactive  material,  hazardous  material,  hazardous waste, toxic
substance,  solid waste,  pollution,  contaminate or any related  material,  raw
material,  substance,  product or by-product  of any  substance  specified in or
regulated or otherwise  affected by any  Environmental  Law  (including  but not
limited to any "hazardous  substance" as defined in any Environmental Law), (ii)
any toxic chemical or other substance from or related to industrial,  commercial
or institutional activities,  (iii) asbestos,  gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil,
waste and used oil,  heating  oil and other  petroleum  products  or  compounds,
polychlorinated  biphenyls,  radon gas and  urea-formaldehyde and (iv) all other
substances or waste of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

     "Environmental  Law" and  "Environmental  Laws" shall mean any Law, whether
now existing or  subsequently  enacted or amended,  relating to (i) pollution or
protection  of the  Environment,  (ii)  exposure of Persons,  including  but not
limited to employees, to Environmental


                                       7
<PAGE>
Concern  Materials,  (iii)  protection  of the public health or welfare from the
effects of products,  by-products,  wastes, emissions, discharges or releases of
Environmental   Concern   Materials  or  (iv)  regulation  of  the  manufacture,
generation, use or introduction into commerce of Environmental Concern Materials
including their manufacture,  formulation,  packaging,  labeling,  distribution,
treatment,  transportation,  handling,  storage or disposal. Without limitation,
"Environmental  Law" shall include (a) any Environmental  Approval and the terms
and conditions thereof, (b) the following statutes: the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
7401  et  seq.);  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response  Compensation  and
      --  ---
Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C.  ss.9601 et seq.);  the Federal Water Pollution
                                          -- ---
Control Act (33 U.S.C.  ss.1251 et seq.); the Hazardous Material  Transportation
                                -- ---
Act (49  U.S.C.  ss.1801  et  seq.);  the  Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide  and
                          --  ---
Rodenticide  Act (7 U.S.C.  ss.  136 et seq.);  the  Resource  Conservation  and
                                     -- ---
Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C.  ss.6901 et seq.)  (including  the Hazardous and
                                         -- ---
Solid Waste Amendments of 1984), the Toxic Substance  Control Act (15 U.S.C. ss.
2601 et seq.); the Federal  Occupational  Safety & Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C.
     -- ---
ss.651 et seq.) (including  ss.3101 of the Omnibus  Reconciliation Act of 1990),
       -- ---
and the regulations promulgated thereunder and all as amended from time to time;
and (c) any common  law  doctrine  (including,  without  limitation,  injunctive
relief and tort, such as negligence,  nuisance,  trespass and strict  liability)
that may impose  obligations  or  liabilities  for  personal  injury or property
damage due to, or  threatened  as a result of, the  presence  of or  exposure to
Environmental Concern Materials.

     "Environmental  Lien"  shall  mean  a Lien  in  favor  of any  Governmental
Authority for (i) any  liability  under any  Environmental  Laws or (ii) damages
arising from, or costs incurred by such Governmental Authority in response to, a
Release or threatened  Release of any  Environmental  Concern Materials into the
Environment.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together
with the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  by the  United  States  Treasury
Department, the DOL and/or the PBGC.

     "ERISA  Affiliate"  shall  mean  each  trade or  business  (whether  or not
incorporated) which together with the Borrower and/or the Corporate  Guarantors,
is treated as a "single  employer"  under Section 414(b) and (c) of the Code or,
solely for  purposes of Section  302 of ERISA and  Section  412 of the Code,  is
treated as a "single employer" under Section 414 of the Code.

     "Eurodollar Affiliate" shall mean with respect to the Lender, the Affiliate
of the Lender, if any, set forth on Exhibit "A" attached to this Loan Agreement.
                                    -----------

     "Eurodollar  Interest Period" shall mean one or more periods of time during
which the  Borrower may select,  convert to or continue a Eurodollar  Rate Loan,
such funding period with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility,  to be either
a one, two, three or six month period(s),  subject to availability,  all as more
fully subject to the provisions of Section 2.06 of this Loan Agreement.
                                   ------------

     "Eurodollar  Interest  Payment  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any
Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Eurodollar Interest Period applicable
to such Loan; provided, however,
              --------  -------

                                       8
<PAGE>
if an Eurodollar  Interest  Period  exceeds three  months,  then the  Eurodollar
Interest  Payment  Date shall also mean the last day of every third month during
said Eurodollar Interest Period.

     "Eurodollar  Interest Rate Determination Date" shall mean the date on which
the Lender  determines the Eurodollar Rate applicable to (i) a Borrowing or (ii)
the continuation or conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Eurodollar Interest
Rate  Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day
of the Eurodollar Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing,  continuation or
conversion.

     "Eurodollar  Portion" of any Revolving  Credit Loans shall mean at any time
the  portion,  including  the whole,  of such  Revolving  Credit  Loans  bearing
interest at any time under the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

     "Eurodollar  Rate  Loan"  or  "Eurodollar  Rate  Loans"  shall  mean  those
Revolving Credit Loans  outstanding  which bear interest at a rate determined by
reference to the  Adjusted  LIBO Rate,  as provided for in Sections  2.02(i) and
                                                           -----------------
2.06 of this Loan Agreement.
- ----

     "Eurodollar  Rate Option" shall mean one of the interest rates available to
the Borrower as provided for and  described in Section  2.02(i)(a)  of this Loan
                                               -------------------
Agreement.

     "Eurodollar  Rate Taxes"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed to such term in
Section 2.06(vii)(a) of this Loan Agreement.
- --------------------

     "Event of Default"  or "Events of Default"  shall mean any of the events of
default as defined and described in Section 9.01 of this Loan Agreement.
                                    ------------

     "FDIC"  shall  mean  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or  any
successor thereto.

     "Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate" for any day shall mean the rate per annum
(rounded  upward,  if  necessary,  to the nearest  1/100 of 1%) announced by the
Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  (or any  successor) on such day as being the
weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds  transactions  arranged
by Federal funds brokers on the previous  trading day, as computed and announced
by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner
as such Federal  Reserve Bank  computes and  announces  the weighted  average it
refers  to as the  "Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate" as of the date of this Loan
Agreement;  provided,  that if such Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does
            --------
not announce such rate on any day, the "Federal Funds  Effective  Rate" for such
day shall be the  Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate for the last day on which such
rate was announced.

     "Federal  Reserve  Board"  shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or any governmental authority succeeding to its functions.

     "Fiscal Quarter" shall mean the four (4) thirteen (13) week periods of each
Fiscal Year which with respect to the First Fiscal  Quarter  begins on January 1
of each  Fiscal  Year and with  respect to the  Fourth  Fiscal  Quarter  ends on
December 31 of each Fiscal Year.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     "Fiscal Year" shall mean that period  commencing on January 1 and ending on
December 31 of the next  succeeding  year or such other  period as the  Borrower
and/or the  Corporate  Guarantors  may  designate  and the Lender may approve in
writing.

     "Funding Date" shall mean,  with respect to any Revolving  Credit Loan, the
date of the funding of such Revolving Credit Loan by the Lender.

     "Funding  Segment"  shall mean with respect to a Eurodollar  Rate Loan, the
entire  principal  amount  of such  Eurodollar  Portion  to which at the time in
question there is applicable a particular  Eurodollar  Interest Period beginning
on a  particular  day and  ending on a  particular  day and all Loans to which a
Prime Rate Option applies shall constitute one Funding Segment.  (By definition,
each such  Eurodollar  Portion is at all times composed of an integral number of
discreteFunding  Segments  and the sum of the  principal  amounts of all Funding
Segments of any such Eurodollar  Portion at any time equals the principal amount
of such Eurodollar Portion at such time.)

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently
applied,  in the United  States of America,  as in effect from time to time,  as
developed,  modified  and set forth in the opinions  and  pronouncements  of the
Accounting   Principles  Board,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
Accountants  and the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  or in such other
statements by such other Person as may be in general use by significant segments
of the accounting  profession,  which are applicable to the  circumstances as of
the date of  determination,  subject to the terms of  Section  1.03 of this Loan
                                                      -------------
Agreement.

     "Governmental Action" or "Governmental  Approvals" shall mean any approval,
order, consent, authorization, certificate, license, permit or validation of, or
exemption  or other  action by, or filing,  recording  or  registration  with or
notice to, any Governmental Authority.

     "Governmental  Authority" shall mean the government of the United States of
America,  any other nation or any political  subdivision thereof, or any agency,
authority,  bureau, central bank,  commission,  department or instrumentality of
either, or any court, tribunal,  grand jury or arbitrator,  in each case whether
foreign or domestic.

     "Indemnified Party" and "Indemnified Parties" shall mean the Lender and the
directors, officers, trustees, employees, agents and controlling shareholders of
the Lender.

     "Independent  Certified  Public  Accountant"  shall  mean  any  independent
certified public  accounting firm selected by the Borrower which accounting firm
is satisfactory to the Lender.

     "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service and any Person  succeeding to
the functions thereof.

     "Law" shall mean any law  (including  common law),  constitution,  statute,
treaty, convention,  regulation, rule, ordinance, code, order, injunction, writ,
decree or award of any Governmental Authority.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     "Lender"  shall have the meaning  ascribed and assigned to such term as set
forth in the preamble of this Loan Agreement.

     "Letter of Credit" shall mean all letters of credit issued by Lender or any
affiliate of Lender at the request of and for the account of the Borrower.

     "Letter of Credit  Obligations"  shall  mean,  at any time,  the sum of (i)
Reimbursement  Obligations  at such time for the Letter of Credit  plus (ii) the
                                                                   ----
dollar amount of the maximum  amount then available for drawing under the Letter
of Credit.

     "Liabilities   and  Costs"   shall  mean  all   liabilities,   obligations,
responsibilities,  losses,  damages,  punitive damages,  consequential  damages,
treble damages, costs and expenses (including,  without limitation,  attorneys',
experts'  and  consulting  fees  and  costs  of  investigation  and  feasibility
studies), fines, penalties and monetary sanctions, interest, direct or indirect,
known or unknown, absolute or contingent, past, present or future.

     "LIBO Rate" shall mean,  with respect to any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan for any
Eurodollar  Interest  Period,  the rate  appearing  on Page 3750 of the Telerate
Service  (or on any  successor  or  substitute  page  of  such  Service,  or any
successor  to  or  substitute  for  such  Service,   providing  rate  quotations
comparable  to  those  currently  provided  on such  page of  such  Service,  as
determined by the Lender from time to time for purposes of providing  quotations
of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank  market)
at  approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London time,  two (2) Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Eurodollar Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits
with a maturity comparable to such Eurodollar Interest Period. In the event that
such rate is not  available  at such time for any  reason,  then the "LIBO Rate"
                                                                      ---------
with respect to such Eurodollar  Rate Loan for such  Eurodollar  Interest Period
shall be the rate rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the next highest 1/16 of 1%
at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000.00 and for a maturity  comparable to such
Eurodollar  Interest Period are offered by major banks in immediately  available
funds in the London interbank market at approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London time,
two (2) Business  Days prior to the  commencement  of such  Eurodollar  Interest
Period.

     "Lien" and "Liens" shall mean with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation,  assignment, deposit arrangement,  encumbrance,
lien (statutory or other) or preference,  priority,  security  interest or other
security  agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including any conditional
sale or other  title  retention  agreement,  any  Capitalized  Lease  Obligation
involving substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the
filing  of  any  financing  statement  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  or
comparable law of any jurisdiction).

     "Loan  Account"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed  to such term in Section
                                                                         -------
2.05(iv) hereof.
- --------

     "Loan  Agreement" shall have the meaning ascribed and assigned to such term
as set forth in the preamble of this Loan Agreement.

     "Loan Documents" shall mean any and all agreements, documents, certificates
and

                                       11
<PAGE>
instruments executed by the Borrower, any of the Corporate Guarantors and/or any
other Person and  delivered by them to the Lender  pursuant to and in connection
with the Revolving Credit Facility,  including,  without  limitation,  this Loan
Agreement,  the  Revolving  Credit  Loan  Note,  the Pledge  Agreements  and the
Agreement of Guaranty, in each case as amended,  modified,  extended,  restated,
refinanced  and/or  supplemented  from  time  to  time in  accordance  with  the
provisions hereof or thereof.

     "Majority  Owned  Subsidiary"  shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower or
any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting capital stock of said Subsidiary is owned,  legally or  beneficially,  by
the Borrower or any such Corporate Guarantors.

     "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning ascribed and assigned to such term in
Regulation U.

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect upon (i) the
business, assets,  financial  condition,   financial   performance,   prospects,
properties  or  operations  of  the  Borrower,  the  Corporate  Guarantors,  any
Subsidiary  and/or  any  Affiliate  taken as a whole,  (ii) the  ability  of the
Borrower  and/or any of the Corporate  Guarantors  to perform  their  respective
obligations  and  duties  under the Loan  Documents  or (iii)  the  rights of or
benefits available to the Lender under the Loan Documents.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean an employee benefit plan defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is, or within the immediately  preceding six (6) years
was,  contributed  to by the  Borrower,  the  Corporate  Guarantors  or an ERISA
Affiliate.

     "Notice of  Borrowing"  shall mean,  with  respect to a proposed  Borrowing
pursuant  to Section  2.01(ii)  hereof,  a notice  substantially  in the form of
             -----------------
Exhibit "B" attached hereto and made a part thereof.
- -----------

     "Notice of Conversion/Continuation"  shall mean, with respect to a proposed
conversion  or  continuation  of a  Revolving  Credit  Loan  pursuant to Section
                                                                         -------
2.02(iii) hereof, a notice in the form of Exhibit "C" attached hereto and made a
- ---------                                 -----------
part hereof.

     "Obligations"  shall mean all present and future Debt and other liabilities
of the Borrower and/or the Corporate  Guarantors due and owing to the Lender, or
any Person entitled to indemnification  pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof, or any
                                                    -------------
of their  respective  successors,  transferees  or  assigns,  of every  type and
description, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument,
arising  under or in  connection  with this  Loan  Agreement  or any other  Loan
Document,  whether or not for the payment of money,  whether  direct or indirect
(including  those acquired by  assignment),  absolute or  contingent,  due or to
become due,  now existing or hereafter  arising and however  acquired.  The term
includes, without limitation, all interest,  charges, expenses, fees, attorneys'
fees and  disbursements  and any other sum chargeable to the Borrower and/or the
Corporate Guarantors under this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     "Officer's  Certificate" shall mean a certificate for the Borrower executed
by any of the

                                       12
<PAGE>
Authorized  Officers  of  the  Borrower,   including,  without  limitation,  the
president,  any  vice-president or the chief financial  officer,  in the form of
Exhibit "D" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
- -----------

     "Operating  Lease" shall mean,  as applied to any Person,  any lease of any
property (whether real,  personal or any combination  thereof) by that Person as
lessee which is not a Capitalized Lease.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation referred to and
defined in ERISA and any Person  succeeding  to any or all of its  functions and
duties under ERISA.

     "Permits"  shall  mean any  permit,  approval,  authorization,  franchises,
license,  variance,  or permission required from a Governmental  Authority under
any applicable Requirement of Law.

     "Person" or "Persons" shall mean any natural person,  employee,  general or
limited  partnership,  corporation  (including  a business  trust),  joint stock
company,  limited liability company, trust,  unincorporated  association,  joint
venture,  company,  trust,  bank or other  organization,  whether or not a legal
entity or any other non-governmental entity, or any Governmental Authority.

     "Plan" shall mean any  employee  benefit plan within the meaning of Section
3(3) of ERISA  (other  than a  Multiemployer  Plan) of which the  Borrower,  the
Corporate  Guarantors or any ERISA  Affiliate  are, or within the preceding five
years were, an "employer" as that term is defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     "Potential  Event of Default"  shall mean an event,  condition or situation
which with the giving of any required  notice and/or the passage of any required
grace or cure periods, or any combination of the foregoing,  would constitute an
Event of Default.

     "Prime  Rate" or "Prime  Lending  Rate"  shall mean for any day, a rate per
annum equal to the greater of (i) a fluctuating interest rate publicly announced
from time to time by the  Lender as its  prime  rate in effect at its  principal
office,  which  rate may not  necessarily  be the rate  actually  charged by the
Lender to its most creditworthy customers,  and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective
Rate plus fifty basis points (.50%).

     "Prime  Rate Loan" or "Prime Rate Loans"  shall mean all  Revolving  Credit
Loans  outstanding  which bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the
Prime Rate.

     "Prime Rate Option" shall mean the interest rate  available to the Borrower
as provided for and described in Section 2.02(i)(a) of this Loan Agreement.
                                 ------------------

     "Property"  shall  mean any real or  personal  property,  plant,  building,
facility, structure, underground storage tank, equipment or unit, or other asset
owned,  leased or operated by the  Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors,  any of
their Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     "Rating  Matrix"  shall mean the  following  matrix upon which (i) interest
rates  described  in Section  2.02 hereof and (ii)  certain  fees  described  in
                     -------------
Section 2.03 hereof are determined on the basis of the  Borrower's  Consolidated
- ------------
Cash Flow Leverage Ratio:

                     (All Amounts Expressed in Basis Points)

      Consolidated Cash Flow       Applicable     Applicable
      Leverage Ratio               Index          Margin*
- ---------------------------------------------------------
I     less than 1.00 to 1          25.0            50.0

II    less than 1.50 to 1 but
      greater than or equal
      to 1.00 to 1                 25.0            75.0

III   less than 2.00 to 1 but
      greater than or equal
      to 1.50 to 1                 25.0           100.00

IV    less than or equal to
      2.50 to 1 but greater
      than 2.00 to 1               25.0           125.00

*    Any adjustment to the Eurodollar Rate Option as a result of a change to the
Consolidated  Cash Flow Leverage Ratio shall not take effect until the first day
of the subsequent Fiscal Quarter following the receipt of the calculation of the
Consolidated Cash Flow Leverage Ratio from the Borrower.

     "RCRA" shall mean the  Resource  Conservation  and Recovery  Act, 42 U.S.C.
ss.6901  et  seq.  and  any  successor  statute,  and  regulations   promulgated
         --  ---
thereunder.

     "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, or any
successor statute or regulation thereto, as in effect from time to time.

     "Regulation T" shall mean Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, or any
successor statute or regulation thereto, as in effect from time to time.

     "Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, or any
successor statute or regulation thereto, as in effect from time to time.

     "Regulation X" shall mean Regulation X of the Federal Reserve Board, or any
successor statute or regulation thereto, as in effect from time to time.

     "Reimbursement  Obligations"  shall mean the  dollar  amount of any and all
unpaid reimbursement or repayment obligations of the Borrower owed to the Lender
pursuant to this Loan Agreement for amounts drawn under the Letter of Credit.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     "Release" shall mean release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection,
deposit, disposal,  discharge,  dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor
or outdoor Environment or into or out of any Property, including the movement of
Environmental  Concern  Materials  through or in the air,  soil,  surface water,
groundwater or Property.

     "Remedial  Action"  shall mean  actions  required to (i) clean up,  remove,
treat or in any other way address  Environmental Concern Materials in the indoor
or  outdoor  environment;  (ii)  prevent  the  Release  or threat of  Release or
minimize the further Release of Environmental  Concern  Materials so they do not
migrate or endanger or  threaten  to  endanger  public  health or welfare or the
indoor  or  outdoor  environment;  or (iii)  perform  pre-remedial  studies  and
investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care.

     "Reportable Event" shall have the meaning ascribed to, such term in Section
4043 of ERISA or regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Requirements of Law" shall mean, as to any Person, the charter and by-laws
or other  organization or governing  documents of such Person, and any law, rule
or regulation,  Permit,  or  determination  of an arbitrator or a court or other
Governmental  Authority,  in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person
or any of its  property  or to  which  such  Person  or any of its  property  is
subject,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act, the Securities
Exchange Act,  Regulations  U and X, and any  certificate  of occupancy,  zoning
ordinance,  building,  environmental  or  land  use  requirement  or  Permit  or
occupational safety or health law, rule or regulation.

     "Revolving Credit Facility" shall have the meaning ascribed and assigned to
such term as set forth in the first recital of this Loan Agreement.

     "Revolving Credit Loan" and "Revolving Credit Loans" shall have the meaning
ascribed and assigned to such term in Section 2.01(i) of this Loan Agreement.
                                      ---------------

     "Revolving  Credit Loan Note" shall mean that certain Revolving Credit Loan
Note in  substantially  the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  "E" with  blanks
                                                       ------------
appropriately  filled,  such note  payable  to the order of the Lender in a face
amount equal to the Revolving Credit Facility.

     "Revolving  Credit  Termination Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) January
29, 2002,  (ii) the date of termination of the Revolving  Credit Facility by the
Lender  pursuant to Section  9.02 of this Loan  Agreement  or (iii) the date the
                    -------------
Revolving Credit Facility is fully repaid and terminated by the Borrower.

     "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Securities  Act" shall mean the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended to the
date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

     "Securities  Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended to the date hereof  from time to time  hereafter,  and any  successor
statute.

                                       15
<PAGE>
     "Shareholder"  shall mean any  shareholder  of the Borrower,  the Corporate
Guarantors  or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate  of the  Borrower or the  Corporate
Guarantors.

     "Single  Employer  Plan"  shall mean any Plan which is not a  Multiemployer
Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

     "Statutory  Reserve  Rate" shall mean a fraction  (expressed as a decimal),
the  numerator  of which is the number one and the  denominator  of which is the
number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
           -----
marginal,  special,  emergency or supplemental  reserves) expressed as a decimal
established  by the Federal  Reserve  Board to which the Lender is subject  with
respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency  funding (currently referred
to as  "Eurocurrency  Liabilities"  in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve
percentages   shall  include  those  imposed  pursuant  to  such  Regulation  D.
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute  eurocurrency funding and to
be  subject  to such  reserve  requirements  without  benefit  of or credit  for
proration,  exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the
Lender  under such  Regulation D or any  comparable  regulation.  The  Statutory
Reserve Rate shall be adjusted  automatically on and as of the effective date of
any change in any reserve percentage.

     "Stock Pledge Agreement" shall mean the stock pledge  agreements  delivered
by Borrower to Lender contemporaneously herewith.

     "Structuring Fee" shall mean that certain  structuring fee in the amount of
$40,000.00 paid by the Borrower to the Lender as of the Closing Date ($15,000.00
of which was paid by the Borrower prior to the date hereof).

     "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" shall mean with respect to any Person at any
date of  retention  (i) a  corporation  a majority of whose  capital  stock with
voting power, under ordinary circumstances,  to elect a majority of directors is
at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by said Person, (ii) any other Person
(other than a corporation) in which the said Person, directly or indirectly,  at
the date of  determination  thereof  has at least  majority  ownership  interest
and/or (iii) any entity whose net earnings (losses) or portions thereof would be
properly  included  and  consolidated  with  the net  earnings  of said  Person;
provided, however, that the term Subsidiary shall not include any entity that is
- --------  -------
not reflected on the balance sheet of said Person due to inactivity  and lack of
material assets and liabilities.

     "Taxes"  shall have the meaning  ascribed  and assigned to such term as set
forth in Section 2.09 of the Loan Agreement.
         ------------

     "Termination Event" shall mean (i) any Reportable Event with respect to any
Benefit  Plan  described  in Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  issued
thereunder for which the notice  requirements  have not been waived by the PBGC,
(ii) the  withdrawal  of the  Borrower,  the  Corporate  Guarantors  or an ERISA
Affiliate  from a Benefit Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial
employer" as defined in Section 4001 (a)(2) of ERISA, (iii) the occurrence of an
obligation  arising  under  Section  4041 of ERISA of either the  Borrower,  the
Corporate


                                       16
<PAGE>
Guarantors  or an ERISA  Affiliate  to provide  affected  parties with a written
notice of an intent  to  terminate  a  Benefit  Plan in a  distress  termination
described  in Section  4041 (c) of ERISA,  (iv) the  institution  by the PBGC of
proceedings  to terminate  any Benefit  Plan,  (v) any event or condition  which
constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the appointment of a trustee
to administer a Benefit Plan, or (vi) the partial or complete  withdrawal of the
Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer
Plan.

     "Uniform   Customs"  shall  mean  the  Uniform  Customs  and  Practice  for
Documentary  Credits  (1993  Revisions),   International   Chamber  of  Commerce
Publication No. 500, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "Year 2000 Problem" shall mean the risk that computer  applications used by
or for the benefit of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary may be unable to recognize
or perform properly  certain date sensitive  functions  involving  certain dates
prior to and any date after December 31, 1999.

     SECTION 1.02  RULES  OF  INTERPRETATION  AND  CONSTRUCTION.  In  this  Loan
Agreement unless the context otherwise clearly requires:

          (i)    Words importing  persons  mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships),  societies, trusts, corporations,
limited  liability  companies  or other  legal  entities,  including  public  or
governmental bodies, as well as natural persons; and

          (ii)   If  any  clause,  provision or  section of this Loan  Agreement
shall  bedetermined to be apparently  contrary to or conflicting  with any other
clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement,  then the clause, provision
or section containing the more specific provisions shall control and govern with
respect to such apparent conflict.

     SECTION 1.03  ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

          (i)    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Loan  Agreement  all
computations and  determinations  as to accounting or financial matters shall be
made,  and all  financial  statements  to be  delivered  pursuant  to this  Loan
Agreement shall be prepared,  in accordance  with GAAP (including  principles of
consolidation  where  appropriate),  and all accounting or financial terms shall
have the meanings  ascribed to such term by GAAP,  as  established  from time to
time.

          (ii)   Notwithstanding  the provisions of  Section 1.03(i) above,  the
                                                     ---------------
Borrower  and the  Lender  hereby  covenant  and  agree  that  for  purposes  of
calculating the financial covenants of the Borrower set forth in Article VIII of
                                                                 ------------
this Loan Agreement,  the covenants shall be tested applying GAAP in effect from
time to time. The Borrower shall furnish the Lender with the necessary financial
information  and  calculations  prepared  by the  Borrower  required in order to
ascertain  and  determine   compliance  or  non-compliance  with  the  financial
covenants set forth in Article VIII of this Loan Agreement.
                       ------------

          (iii)  All expenses of compliance with this Section 1.03 shall be paid
                                                      ------------
for by the

                                       17
<PAGE>
Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE II
               AMOUNT AND TERMS FOR THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
               --------------------------------------------------

     SECTION 2.01 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.

          (i)    Availability. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this Loan  Agreement and provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be  continuing,  the Lender hereby agrees to make available to the Borrower from
time to time during the period from the Closing  Date to the  Business  Day next
preceding  the  Revolving  Credit  Termination  Date,   revolving  credit  loans
(hereinafter  each  individually  referred to as a  "Revolving  Credit Loan" and
collectively referred to as the "Revolving Credit Loans") in amounts which shall
not  exceed,  in the  aggregate  for all  Revolving  Credit  Loans  at any  time
outstanding,  the Commitment.  The Revolving  Credit Loans shall be evidenced by
the Revolving  Credit Loan Note.  The Lender is hereby  authorized to record the
date and amount of each  Revolving  Credit  Loan made by the Lender and the date
and amount of each  payment  or  prepayment  of  principal  thereof  made by the
Borrower on the schedule  annexed to and  constituting  a part of the  Revolving
Credit Loan Note, and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence
of the accuracy of the information so recorded. If the outstanding amount of the
Revolving  Credit Loans shall exceed the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility
at any time, such excess shall be immediately due and payable to the Lender.

                 (b)  Revolving Credit Loans may be voluntarily prepaid pursuant
to Section 2.04 hereof and,  subject to the  provisions of this Loan  Agreement,
   ------------
any amounts so prepaid may be reborrowed,  up to the amount available under this
Section  2.01(i)  at the time of such  Borrowing,  until the  Business  Day next
- ----------------
preceding the Revolving Credit Termination Date. The Lender's commitment to make
Revolving  Credit  Loans  shall  expire,  and each  Revolving  Credit  Loan then
outstanding shall be repaid in full by the Borrower, no later than the Revolving
Credit Termination Date.

          (ii)   Notice of  Borrowing.  Whenever the Borrower  desires to borrow
under this Section  2.01,  the Borrower  shall deliver to the Lender a Notice of
           -------------
Borrowing no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York,  New York time) (a) at least three
(3)  Business  Days in advance  of the  proposed  Funding  Date in the case of a
Borrowing as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and (b) on the proposed  Funding Date in the
case of a Borrowing as a Prime Rate Loan  (provided  such Notice of Borrowing is
received by the Lender before 10:00 A.M.). The Notice of Borrowing shall specify
(1) the Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day) in respect of the Revolving
Credit Loan,  (2) the amount of the proposed  Borrowing  which shall not be less
than  $500,000.00,  (3) the intended use of the proceeds of such Borrowing,  (4)
the applicable interest rate option as described in Section 2.02(i) of this Loan
                                                    ---------------
Agreement and, if applicable,  (5) the Eurodollar  Interest  Period.  In lieu of
delivering the  above-described  Notice of Borrowing,  the Borrower may give the
Lender  telephonic  notice of any proposed  Borrowing by the time required under
this Section 2.01(ii); provided, however, that such notice shall be confirmed in
     ----------------  --------  -------
writing by  delivery  to the  Lender  promptly  (but in no event  later than the
Funding Date of the requested Revolving Credit

                                       18
<PAGE>
Loan) of a Notice of Borrowing. Any Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in
lieu  thereof)   pursuant  to  this  Section   2.01(ii)  shall  be  irrevocable.
                                     ------------------

          (iii)  Making of Revolving  Credit  Loans.   The Lender shall make the
proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Borrower in Edison,  New
Jersey on such  Funding  Date by 12:00 NOON (New York,  New York time) and shall
disburse such funds in Dollars and in immediately  available funds to an account
of the Borrower  maintained  with the Lender and  thereafter  to any  substitute
account, designated in writing by the Borrower in the Notice of Borrowing.

          (iv)   Use of Proceeds of Revolving  Credit Loans. The proceeds of the
Revolving Credit Loans shall be used by the Borrower for financing  acquisitions
and general corporate purposes. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans shall
not be used for the issuance of any letters of credit or for the creation of any
bankers acceptances.

          (v)    Reduction  of  Revolving  Credit  Facility;   Revolving  Credit
Termination Date.

                 (a) The  Borrower  shall have the right,  at any time and  from
time to time, to terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, the Revolving
Credit  Facility  in an amount  up to the  amount  of the  Commitment  minus the
                                                                       -----
aggregate  principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding.  Any
such  prepayment may be made by the Borrower  without  premium or fee, except as
                                                                       ------
provided  for in  Section  2.04 of  this  Loan  Agreement  with  respect  to the
                  -------------
prepayment of a Eurodollar  Rate Loan. The Borrower shall give not less than two
Business Days' prior express  written notice to the Lender  designating the date
(which shall be a Business Day) of such  termination or reduction and the amount
of any partial reduction. Such termination or partial permanent reduction of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  shall be  effective  on the date  specified  in the
Borrower's notice. Any such partial permanent  reduction of the Revolving Credit
Facility shall be in an aggregate  minimum  principal  amount of $500,000.00 and
integral multiples of $500,000.00 in excess of that amount.

                 (b)  The Revolving Credit Facility shall expire without further
action on the part of the  Lender,  and all then  outstanding  Revolving  Credit
Loans shall be paid in full on the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

     SECTION 2.02 INTEREST ON THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

          (i)    Rates of  Interest.  (a) All  Revolving Credit Loans shall bear
interest  computed daily on the outstanding  principal  balance thereof from the
Funding Date until  repaid in full at one or more of the  interest  rate options
selected by the  Borrower  from  between the two (2)  interest  rate options set
forth below. Subject to the provisions of this Loan Agreement,  the Borrower may
select different options to apply  simultaneously  to different  portions of the
Revolving  Credit  Loans and may  select  different  Funding  Segments  to apply
simultaneously  to different  parts of the Eurodollar Rate Portion or Prime Rate
Portion of the  Revolving  Credit Loans.  Each  selection of a rate option shall
apply  separately and without overlap to the Revolving  Credit Loans as a class.
The aggregate number of Funding Segments applicable to the

                                       19
<PAGE>
Eurodollar Rate Portion and Prime Rate Portion of the Revolving  Credit Loans at
any time shall not exceed five (5).

          Interest Rate Options for Revolving Credit Loans:

                 (1)   Prime Rate Option:  A fluctuating rate per annum for eac
      day equal to the Prime Rate of the Lender, in effect from time to time; or

                 (2)   Eurodollar  Rate Option.  A fixed rate per annum for each
      day during a Eurodollar  Interest  Period equal to the Adjusted  LIBO Rate
      plus the  Applicable  Margin for such day.  The Lender  shall give  prompt
      ----
      notice to the Borrower of the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined or adjusted in
      accordance with the provisions hereof,  which  determination or adjustment
      shall be conclusive (absent manifest error) if made in good faith.

                 (b)   The Applicable  Margin  for  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans with
respect to the  Revolving  Credit  Facility for any day shall be the  applicable
amount  (expressed in basis points) set forth in the Rating Matrix  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Applicable Margin").

                 (c)   Notwithstanding  subsections (a) and (b) above,  interest
in respect of any  Revolving  Credit  Loan  shall not  exceed the  maximum  rate
permitted by applicable Law.

          (ii)   Interest Payments. Subject to Section 2.02(iv) hereof, interest
                                               ----------------
accrued on all Prime Rate Loans shall be payable by the  Borrower in arrears (a)
on the  last  day of each  quarter  during  the  term of  this  Loan  Agreement,
commencing  on the last day of the first  quarter next  following  the making of
each  such  Prime  Rate  Loan  and (b) at  maturity.  Interest  accrued  on each
Eurodollar  Rate Loan shall be payable by the  Borrower  in arrears  (1) on each
Eurodollar  Interest  Payment Date  applicable to that Loan, (2) upon prepayment
thereof in full or in part and (3) at maturity.

          (iii)  Conversion or  Continuation.  (a) Subject to the  provisions of
Section  2.06 hereof,  the Borrower  shall have the option (1) to convert at any
- -------------
time all or any part of outstanding  Revolving  Credit Loans which comprise part
of the same  Borrowing and which,  in the  aggregate,  equal  $500,000.00  or an
integral  multiple of $500,000.00 in excess of that amount from Prime Rate Loans
to Eurodollar Rate Loans;  (2) only in connection with the provisions of Section
                               -------------------------------------------------
2.06(v),  to convert all or any part of outstanding  Revolving Credit Loans from
- -------
Eurodollar  Rate  Loans to Prime Rate  Loans or (3) upon the  expiration  of any
Eurodollar  Interest Period  applicable to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans,
to  continue  all or any  portion  of  such  Revolving  Credit  Loans  equal  to
$500,000.00  or an integral  multiple of $500,000.00 in excess of that amount as
Eurodollar Rate Loans of the same type, and the succeeding  Eurodollar  Interest
Period of such continued Revolving Credit Loans shall commence on the expiration
date of the Eurodollar  Interest Period applicable thereto;  provided,  however,
                                                             --------   -------
that no outstanding  Revolving  Credit Loan may be continued as, or be converted
into,  a Eurodollar  Rate Loan when any Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing.

                 (b)  In the  event  the  Borrower  shall  elect to  convert  or
continue a


                                       20
<PAGE>
Revolving  Credit Loan under this Section 2.02 (iii), the Borrower shall deliver
                                  ------------------
a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation to the Lender no later than 11:00 A.M. (New
York, New York time) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed
conversion/continuation date in the case of a conversion to or a continuation of
a Eurodollar  Rate Loan. A Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  shall specify (1)
the proposed  conversion/continuation  date (which shall be a Business Day), (2)
the  amount of the  Revolving  Credit  Loan to be  converted/continued,  (3) the
nature  of the  proposed  conversion/continuation,  and  (4) in  the  case  of a
conversion  to, or  continuation  of, a  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan,  the  requested
Eurodollar Interest Period. In lieu of delivering the above-described  Notice of
Conversion/Continuation,  the Borrower may give the Lender  telephonic notice of
any proposed  conversion/continuation  by the time  required  under this Section
                                                                         -------
2.02(iii);  provided, however, that such notice shall be confirmed in writing by
- ---------   --------  -------
delivery  to the  Lender  promptly  (but in no event  later  than  the  proposed
conversion/continuation date) of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation.

                 (c)  Any Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  for conversion to,
or  continuation  of, a  Revolving  Credit  Loan (or  telephonic  notice in lieu
thereof)  shall be  irrevocable  and the  Borrower  shall be bound to convert or
continue in accordance therewith.

          (iv)   Default  Interest.   Notwithstanding   the   rate  of  interest
specified in Section  2.02(i) hereof and the payment dates  specified in Section
             ----------------                                            -------
2.02(ii)  hereof,  effective  immediately  upon the  occurrence  of any Event of
- --------
Default under Section 9.01 of this Loan Agreement and for as long  thereafter as
              ------------
any such Event of Default  shall be  continuing,  the  principal  balance of all
Revolving  Credit  Loans  then  outstanding  and,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  Law, any interest  payments on the  Revolving  Credit Loans not paid
when due, shall bear interest payable upon demand at the Default Rate.

          (v)    Computation of Interest.  Interest on (i) Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall be  computed  on the basis of the  actual  number of days  elapsed  in the
period during which interest accrues and a year of 360 days, and (ii) Prime Rate
Loans shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the
period  during which  interest  accrues and a year of 365/366 days. In computing
interest on any Revolving  Credit Loan,  the date of the making of the Revolving
Credit Loan or the first day of a Eurodollar  Interest  Period,  as the case may
be,  shall be  included  and the date of  payment  or the  expiration  date of a
Eurodollar  Interest  Period,  as the case may be, shall be excluded;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that if a Revolving  Credit Loan is repaid on the same day on which it
- -------
is made, one day's interest shall be paid on that Revolving Credit Loan.

          (vi)   Changes;  Legal  Restrictions.   Except as  provided in Section
                                                                         -------
2.06(iv) hereof with respect to certain  determinations  on Eurodollar  Interest
- --------
Rate  Determination  Dates,  in the event  that  after the date  hereof  (a) the
adoption of or any change in any law,  treaty,  rule,  regulation,  guideline or
determination  of a  court  or  Governmental  Authority  or  any  change  in the
interpretation or application thereof by a court or Governmental  Authority,  or
(b)  compliance  by the Lender  with any  request or  directive  (whether or not
having the force of law and whether or not the failure to comply therewith would
be  unlawful)  from  any  central  bank  or  other  Governmental   Authority  or
quasi-governmental authority:

                 (1)  does or may impose,  modify,  or hold  applicable,  in the



                                       21
<PAGE>
determination of a Lender, any reserve,  special deposit,  compulsory loan, FDIC
insurance,  capital allocation or similar requirement against assets held by, or
deposits or other  liabilities  in or for the account of,  advances or loans by,
commitments made, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds
by, the Lender or any applicable  lending office or Eurodollar  Affiliate of the
Lender  (except,  with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, to the extent that the
Statutory Reserve Rate requirements are reflected in the definition of "Adjusted
LIBO Rate"); or

                 (2)  does or is  reasonably  likely to impose on the Lender any
other condition materially more burdensome in nature, extent or consequence than
those in existence as of the Closing Date;

and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender of
making,  renewing or maintaining the Revolving  Credit Loans,  then, in any such
                                                               ----
case, the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Lender, upon demand, such amount or
amounts  (based  upon an  allocation  thereof  by the  Lender  to the  financing
transactions  contemplated  by this Loan  Agreement and effected by this Section
                                                                         -------
2.02(vi)) as may be necessary to compensate  the Lender for any such  additional
- ---------
cost  incurred  or reduced  amount  received.  The Lender  shall  deliver to the
Borrower a written  statement of the costs or  reductions  claimed and the basis
therefore,  and the  allocation  made by the Lender of such costs and reductions
shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, if made in good faith. If the Lender
subsequently  recovers any amount  previously  paid by the Borrower  pursuant to
this Section 2.02(vi),  the Lender shall,  within thirty (30) days after receipt
     ----------------
of such  refund  and to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  Law,  pay to the
Borrower the amount of any such recovery.

     SECTION 2.03 FEES.

          (i)    Structuring  Fee.  The  Borrower  shall have paid to the Lender
the Structuring Fee, in full, as of the Closing Date.

          (ii)   Facility  Fee. The Borrower  shall pay to the Lender a facility
fee from and after the Closing Date until the  Obligations  are paid in full and
the Revolving  Credit  Facility is  terminated,  equal to the  Applicable  Index
multiplied  by the unused  portion of the  Commitment.  The facility fee payable
- ----------  --
under this Section 2.03(ii) shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears
           ----------------
on the last  Business  Day in each Fiscal  Quarter  beginning  after the Closing
Date. For the purposes of this Section  2.03(ii),  the  "Applicable  Index" with
                               ----------------
respect  to  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  shall  be the  applicable  amount
(expressed in basis points) set forth in the Rating Matrix (hereinafter referred
to as the "Applicable Index").

          (iii)  Late  Charge Fee.   In the event that any  payment,  including,
without limitation,  interest or principal,  required to be made by the Borrower
under the Revolving  Credit Loan Note or under this Loan Agreement  shall not be
received by the Lender  within ten (10) days of when due, the Lender may charge,
and if so charged,  the  Borrower  shall pay, to the extent  permitted by law, a
late charge of ($0.05) for each dollar  ($1.00) of each  delinquent  payment for
the purpose of defraying the expense incident to the handling of such delinquent
payment, which late charge shall not exceed $1,500.00 per occurrence.

                                       22
<PAGE>
          (iv)   Letter of Credit Fee. The  Borrower  shall pay Lender the usual
and customary fees charged by Lender's  International  Department for letters of
credit.

          (v)    Payment  of  Fees.  The fees  described  in this  Section  2.03
                                                                   -------------
represent  compensation  for services  rendered and to be rendered  separate and
apart from the lending of money or the provision of credit,  and the  obligation
of the  Borrower to pay each fee  described  herein shall be in addition to, and
not in lieu of, the  obligation of the Borrower to pay interest,  other fees and
expenses otherwise described in this Loan Agreement.  Fees shall be payable when
due at the office of the  Lender in East  Brunswick,  New Jersey in  immediately
available  funds.  All fees  shall be  non-refundable  when  paid.  All fees and
expenses  specified or referred to in this Loan  Agreement  due and owing to the
Lender,  including,  without limitation,  those referred to in this Section 2.03
                                                                    ------------
and in Section 10.01 hereof,  shall bear interest,  if not paid when due, at the
       -------------
Default Rate (but not to exceed the maximum rate  permitted by applicable  Law),
and shall constitute Obligations.  All fees described in this Section 2.03 which
                                                              ------------
are  expressed  as a per annum charge  shall be  calculated  on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year.

     SECTION 2.04 VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.

          (i)    Eurodollar  Rate Loans.  The Borrower may, at any time and from
time to time,  upon the giving of at least two (2) Business  Days' prior express
written notice to the Lender,  voluntarily  prepay any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan in
whole or in part, in an aggregate  minimum amount of $500,000.00 and in integral
multiples of $500,000.00, subject to the following: (a) any principal prepayment
of a  Eurodollar  Rate Loan shall be  accompanied  by the  payment of all unpaid
accrued interest due and owing on said Eurodollar Rate Loan and (b) the Borrower
shall pay to the Lender all amounts  described in Section  2.06(vi) of this Loan
                                                  -----------------
Agreement.

          (ii)   Prime Rate Loans.  The Borrower  may, at any time and from time
to time,  upon the  giving  of at least one (1)  Business  Day's  prior  express
written notice to the Lender, voluntarily prepay any Prime Rate Loan in whole or
in part, without premium or fee; provided,  however, any principal prepayment of
                                 --------   -------
a Prime  Rate Loan shall be  accompanied  by the  payment of all unpaid  accrued
interest due and owing on said Prime Rate Loan.

          (iii)  Prepayments  in Full.   Notwithstanding  any  provision of this
Section 2.04 to the contrary, in the event that any prepayments of any Revolving
- ------------
Credit Loans are made in connection with the termination of this Loan Agreement,
such  prepayments  shall be made only upon five (5) Business Days' prior express
written notice to the Lender.

     SECTION 2.05 PAYMENTS.

          (i)    Manner and Time of Payment. All payments of principal, interest
and fees hereunder payable to the Lender,  including,  without  limitation,  all
payments in  connection  with  Revolving  Credit  Loans,  shall be made  without
condition  or  reservation  or right,  in Dollars and in  immediately  available
funds,  delivered  to the Lender  not later than 12:00 NOON (New York,  New York
time) on the date due,  to such  account  of the Lender in East  Brunswick,  New
Jersey,  as the Lender may  designate.  Funds  received by the Lender after that
time and date shall be

                                       23
<PAGE>
deemed to have been paid on the next  succeeding  Business Day. The Lender shall
send a  monthly  and/or  quarterly  invoice,  as  applicable,  to  the  Borrower
reflecting  the  accrued  interest  due and  owing  and all fees  due and  owing
hereunder.  The Borrower hereby agrees that on the Business Day that any payment
of principal, interest and fees are due, the Lender shall automatically charge a
demand deposit  account of the Borrower,  which account shall be maintained with
the Lender at all times  throughout the term of the Revolving  Credit  Facility.
The  Borrower's  authorization  of the  Lender to  charge  such  account  having
sufficient funds on deposit shall constitute payment of the amount so authorized
notwithstanding  the  Lender's  failure to charge said  account.  Any failure or
delay by the Lender in submitting  invoices for interest and fee payments  shall
not  discharge or relieve the Borrower of the  obligation  to make such payments
into the demand deposit account.

          (ii)   Apportionment of Payments.   So long as there does not exist an
Event of  Default,  all  payments  of  principal  and  interest  in  respect  of
outstanding  Revolving  Credit Loans,  all payments of the fees described herein
and all  payments in respect of any other  Obligation  shall be allocated by the
Lender as it may be entitled  thereto as provided  herein.  After the occurrence
and during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  the Lender  shall,  after
providing notice to the Borrower that payments and proceeds shall be so applied,
apply all  payments  remitted  to the Lender  and all  amounts  received  by the
Lender,  subject to the  provisions of this Loan  Agreement,  (a) first,  to pay
Obligations in respect of any fees,  expense  reimbursements or indemnities then
due and owing to the Lender from the Borrower;  (b) second,  to pay interest due
in respect of Revolving  Credit Loans;  (c) third, to pay or prepay principal of
Revolving  Credit  Loans and (d)  fourth,  to the  ratable  payment of all other
Obligations.

          (iii)  Payments on Non-Business Days.  Whenever any payment to be made
by the  Borrower  hereunder  shall be  stated  to be due on a day which is not a
Business Day,  payments  shall be made on the next  succeeding  Business Day and
such  extension of time shall be included in the  computation  of the payment of
interest  hereunder and of any of the fees specified in Section 2.03 hereof,  as
                                                        ------------
the case may be.

          (iv)   Lender's  Accounting.  The Lender shall maintain a loan account
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Loan  Account") on its books in which shall be
recorded (a) the principal  amount of Revolving Credit Loans owing to the Lender
from time to time; (b) all other  appropriate  debits and credits as provided in
this  Loan  Agreement,   including,  without  limitation,  all  interest,  fees,
expenses,  charges and other  Obligations;  and (c) all payments of  Obligations
made by the  Borrower  or for the  Borrower's  account.  All entries in the Loan
Account  shall be made in  accordance  with the  Lender's  customary  accounting
practices as in effect from time to time.  The Lender will render a statement of
the Loan Account upon the request of the Borrower. Each and every such statement
shall be deemed final,  binding and conclusive upon the Borrower in all respects
as to  all  matters  reflected  therein  (absent  manifest  error),  unless  the
Borrower,  within  ten (10)  days  after the date such  statement  is  rendered,
delivers to the Lender  written  notice of any objection  which the Borrower may
have to any such statement.  In that event, only those items expressly  objected
to  in  such  notice   shall  be  deemed  to  be   disputed  by  the   Borrower.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Lender's  entries  in  the  Loan  Account
evidencing  Revolving Credit Loans and other financial  accommodations made from
time to time shall be final,  binding and conclusive  upon the Borrower  (absent
manifest  error) as to the existence and amount of the


                                       24
<PAGE>
Obligations  recorded in the Loan Account.  The Lender,  in its discretion,  may
charge any or all interest, fees and expenses incurred by the Borrower hereunder
to the Loan Account.

     SECTION  2.06  SPECIAL   PROVISIONS   GOVERNING   EURODOLLAR   RATE  LOANS.
Notwithstanding other provisions of this Loan Agreement to the contrary, if any,
the following  provisions  shall govern with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as
to the matters described below:

          (i)    Amount of  Eurodollar  Rate Loans.   Each Eurodollar Rate  Loan
shall be for a minimum  amount  of  $500,000.00  and in  integral  multiples  of
$500,000.00 in excess of that amount.

          (ii)   Determination of Eurodollar  Interest Period.  By giving notice
as set forth in  Sections  2.01(ii)  and  2.02(iii)  hereof  (with  respect to a
                 ----------------------------------
conversion into or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans),  the Borrower shall
have the option, subject to the other provision of this Section 2.06, to specify
                                                        ------------
a Eurodollar  Interest Period to apply to the Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans
described  in  such  notice,  subject  to  availability.  The  determination  of
Eurodollar Interest Periods shall be subject to the following provisions:

                 (a)  In the case of immediately  successive Eurodollar Interest
Periods  applicable to a Borrowing of  Eurodollar  Rate Loans,  each  successive
Eurodollar Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next preceding
Eurodollar Interest Period expires;

                 (b)  If any Eurodollar  Interest Period would otherwise  expire
on a day which is not a Business Day, the  Eurodollar  Interest  Period shall be
extended to expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided,  however, that
                                                        --------   -------
if any such Eurodollar  Interest Period  applicable to a Borrowing of Eurodollar
Rate Loans would otherwise  expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a
day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in that month,  then
that  Eurodollar  Interest  Period  shall  expire on the  immediately  preceding
Business Day;

                 (c)  The Borrower may not select a Eurodollar  Interest  Period
for any Revolving  Credit Loan which  terminates later than the Revolving Credit
Termination Date;

                 (d)  The Borrower may not select a Eurodollar  Interest  Period
with respect to any portion of principal of a Eurodollar Rate Loan which extends
beyond a date on which the  Borrower is required to make a scheduled  payment of
any portion of principal,  it being  understood  and agreed that any  Eurodollar
Rate Loan whose  Eurodollar  Interest  Period  ends less than one month prior to
such required  principal  payment date shall be deemed converted to a Prime Rate
Loan as of the last day of such  Eurodollar  Interest  Period  for  purposes  of
determining  whether any portion of  principal  of any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan is
required in order to make a mandatory payment of principal;

                 (e)  There shall be no more than five (5)  Eurodollar  Interest
Periods under this Loan  Agreement in effect at any one time under the Revolving
Credit Facility; and

                 (f)  If any Eurodollar  Interest  Period  commences on the last
Business


                                       25
<PAGE>
Day  of a  calendar  month  (or  on a day  for  which  there  is no  numerically
corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Eurodollar Interest Period)
then said  Eurodollar  Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the
last calendar month of such Eurodollar Interest Period.

          (iii)  Determination of Interest Rate. As soon as practicable  after
12:00  NOON  (New  York,  New  York  time)  on  any  Eurodollar   Interest  Rate
Determination  Date,  the Lender shall  determine  (which  determination  shall,
absent manifest error, be  presumptively  correct) the interest rate which shall
apply to the  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans for which an  interest  rate is then being
determined for the applicable Eurodollar Interest Period and shall promptly give
notice  thereof  (in  writing  or by  telephone  confirmed  in  writing)  to the
Borrower.

          (iv)   Interest Rate  Unascertainable,  Inadequate or Unfair. If, with
respect  to any  Eurodollar  Interest  Period,  the Lender  determines  that (a)
deposits in Dollars (in the  applicable  amounts)  are not being  offered in the
relevant market for such Eurodollar Interest Period, (b) adequate and reasonable
means do not exist for  ascertaining  the Adjusted LIBO Rate,  (c) a contingency
has  occurred  which  materially  and  adversely  affects  the London  interbank
Eurodollar  market or (d) the effective cost to the Lender of funding a proposed
Funding Segment of the Eurodollar  Portion from a corresponding  source of funds
shall exceed the Eurodollar Rate, applicable to such Funding Segment, the Lender
shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower,  whereupon until the Lender
notifies the Borrower that the  circumstances  giving rise to such suspension no
longer exist,  (1) the right of the Borrower to elect to have  Revolving  Credit
Loans bear interest based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be suspended and (2)
each outstanding  Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted into a Prime Rate Loan
on the  last  day of the  then  current  Eurodollar  Interest  Period  therefor,
notwithstanding any prior election by the Borrower to the contrary.

          (v)    Illegality.  (a) In the event that on any date the Lender shall
have determined (which  determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and
conclusive and binding upon all parties) that the making or  continuation of any
Eurodollar  Rate Loan has become  unlawful by  compliance  by the Lender in good
faith with any Law,  of any  Governmental  Authority  (whether or not having the
force of Law and whether or not failure to comply  therewith would be unlawful),
then, and in any such event, the Lender shall promptly give notice (by telephone
promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower.

                 (b)  Upon the  giving  of the  notice  referred  to in  Section
                                                                         -------
2.06(v)(a)  hereof,  (1) the  Borrower's  right to request of the Lender and the
- ----------
Lender's   obligation  to  make  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  immediately
suspended,  and the Lender shall make a Revolving  Credit  Loan,  as part of any
requested  Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans, as a Prime Rate Loan, which Prime
Rate Loan shall, for all purposes,  be considered a part of such Borrowing,  and
(2) if the  affected  Eurodollar  Rate Loan or Loans are then  outstanding,  the
Borrower shall  immediately  (or, if permitted by applicable  Law, no later than
the date permitted  thereby,  upon at least one Business Day's written notice to
the Lender) convert each such Revolving Credit Loan into a Prime Rate Loan.

                 (c)  In the  event  that  the  Lender  determines  at any  time
following its giving of the notice  referred to in Section 2.06 (iv) and Section
                                                   -----------------     -------
2.06(v)(a) hereof that the Lender
- ----------


                                       26
<PAGE>
may lawfully make  Eurodollar Rate Loans of the type referred to in such notice,
the Lender shall promptly give notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to the
Borrower of that determination, whereupon the Borrower's right to request of the
Lender,  and the Lender's  obligation  to make,  Eurodollar  Rate Loans shall be
restored.

          (vi)   Compensation. In addition to such amounts as are required to be
paid  by the  Borrower  pursuant  to  Sections  2.02(iv),  2.02(vi),  2.03(iii),
                                      ------------------------------------------
2.04(i),  2.06(vii),  2.07 and 2.09 hereof,  the Borrower  shall  compensate the
- -----------------------------------
Lender,  upon  demand,  for all losses,  expenses  and  liabilities  (including,
without limitation, any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or
reemployment  of  deposits  or other  funds  required  by the  Lender to fund or
maintain  the  Lender's  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans)  which  losses,  expenses  and
liabilities the Lender may sustain (a) if for any reason a Borrowing, conversion
or  continuation  of  Eurodollar  Rate Loans does not occur on a date  specified
therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or in a
telephonic  request for  borrowing  or  conversion/continuation  or a successive
Eurodollar  Interest  Period does not commence  after  notice  therefor is given
pursuant to Section  2.02(iii)  hereof,  (b) if any  prepayment of an Eurodollar
            ------------------
Rate Loan (including,  without  limitation,  any prepayment  pursuant to Section
                                                                         -------
2.04  hereof)  occurs  for any reason on a date which is not the last day of the
- ----
applicable  Eurodollar  Interest  Period,  (c) as a consequence  of any required
conversion of a Eurodollar  Rate Loan to a Prime Rate Loan as a result of any of
the events  indicated  in Section  2.06(v) on a day other than the last day of a
                          ----------------
Eurodollar  Interest Period, or (d) as a consequence of any other failure by the
Borrower to repay  Eurodollar Rate Loans when required by the terms of this Loan
Agreement.  The Lender shall  deliver to the Borrower a written  statement as to
such losses,  expenses and liabilities which statement shall be conclusive as to
such amounts in the absence of manifest error.

          (vii)  Eurodollar Rate Tax. The Borrower agrees that:

                 (a)  the  Borrower  will  pay,  prior  to  the  date  on  which
penalties attach thereto,  all present and future income, stamp and other taxes,
levies, or costs and charges whatsoever imposed,  assessed,  levied or collected
on or in respect of a Revolving  Credit Loan solely as a result of the  interest
rate being  determined by reference to the Eurodollar  Rate or the provisions of
this  Loan  Agreement   relating  to  the  Eurodollar  Rate  or  the  recording,
registration, notarization or other formalization of any thereof or any payments
of  principal,  interest or other  amounts  made on or in respect of a Revolving
Credit  Loan  made to the  Borrower  when the  interest  rate is  determined  by
reference  to the  Eurodollar  Rate (all such taxes,  levies,  costs and charges
being  hereinafter  collectively  called  "Eurodollar  Rate  Taxes");  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that  Eurodollar  Rate Taxes shall not include net income or franchise
- -------
taxes imposed by any  jurisdiction.  Promptly after the date on which payment of
any such  Eurodollar  Rate Tax is due pursuant to  applicable  law, the Borrower
will, at the request of the Lender,  furnish to the Lender evidence, in form and
substance  satisfactory to the Lender,  that the Borrower has met its obligation
under this Section 2.06(vii); and
          ------------------

                 (b)  the  Borrower  will  indemnify  the  Lender  against,  and
reimburse the Lender on demand for, any Eurodollar Rate Taxes paid by the Lender
in respect of a Revolving Credit Loan made to the Borrower, as determined by the
Lender in its sole  discretion.  The Lender shall  provide the Borrower with (1)
appropriate receipts for any payments or

                                       27
<PAGE>
reimbursements  made by the  Borrower  pursuant  to this clause (b) and (2) such
information  as may  reasonably  be  required  to  indicate  the  basis for such
Eurodollar  Rate  Taxes;  provided,  however,  that if the  Lender  subsequently
recovers,  or  receives  a net tax  benefit  with  respect  to,  any  amount  of
Eurodollar Rate Taxes  previously paid by the Borrower  pursuant to this Section
                                                                         -------
2.06(vii)(b),  the Lender  shall,  within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
- ------------
refund,  and to the extent  permitted by applicable law, pay to the Borrower the
amount of any such recovery or permanent net tax benefit.

          (viii) Booking of  Eurodollar Rate Loans.   The Lender may make, carry
or  transfer  Eurodollar  Rate Loans at, to, or for the  account  of, any of its
branch offices,  agencies or the office of an Affiliate of the Lender; provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  the Lender  shall not be entitled to receive any greater  amount under
- -------
Section 2.02(vi) or Section  2.06(vii) hereof as a result of the transfer of any
- ----------------    ------------------
such  Revolving  Credit Loan than the Lender  would be  entitled to  immediately
prior  thereto  unless (a) such transfer  occurred at a time when  circumstances
giving  rise to the claim  for such  greater  amount  did not exist and were not
reasonably  foreseeable  in the view of the Lender and (b) such claim would have
arisen even if such transfer had not occurred.

          (ix)   Affiliates  Not  Obligated.   No Eurodollar  Affiliate or other
Affiliate of the Lender shall be deemed a party to this Loan  Agreement or shall
have any rights, liability or obligation under this Loan Agreement.

     SECTION 2.07 INCREASED  CAPITAL.  If either (i) the  introduction of or any
change in or in the  interpretation  of any Law or regulation or (ii) compliance
by the Lender  with any  guideline  or request  from any  central  bank or other
Governmental  Authority  (whether  or not having the force of law and whether or
not the failure to comply  therewith  would be unlawful) made  subsequent to the
date hereof  affects or would affect the amount of capital  required or expected
to be maintained by the Lender or any corporation controlling the Lender and the
Lender  determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon
the  existence of the Lender's  commitment  to make  Revolving  Credit Loans and
other  commitments of this type,  then, upon demand by the Lender,  the Borrower
shall  immediately  pay to the  Lender,  from time to time as  specified  by the
Lender,  additional  amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender in the light of
such  circumstances,  to the extent that the Lender  determines such increase in
capital to be allocable to the existence of the Lender's  commitment to fund the
Revolving  Credit  Facility.  A certificate as to such amounts  submitted to the
Borrower by the Lender,  shall,  in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive
and binding for all purposes.

     SECTION 2.08 AUTHORIZED OFFICERS OF THE BORROWER. The Borrower shall notify
the Lender in writing of the names of the officers and  employees  authorized to
request  Revolving  Credit  Loans and shall  provide  the Lender with a specimen
signature of each such Authorized Officer.  The Lender shall be entitled to rely
conclusively on such officer's or employee's authority to request such Revolving
Credit  Loans until the Lender  receives  written  notice to the  contrary.  The
Lender  shall have no duty to verify the  authenticity  of the  signature on any
written  Notice of  Borrowing  or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  and,  with
respect to an oral request for such a Revolving  Credit  Loan,  the Lender shall
have no duty to verify the identity of any Person representing himself as one of
the  officers  or  employees  authorized  to make such  request on behalf of the
Borrower.  The Lender  shall not incur any  liability  to the Borrower in acting


                                       28
<PAGE>
upon any telephonic  notice  referred to above which the Lender believes in good
faith to have been given by a duly Authorized Officer or other Person authorized
to borrow on behalf of the Borrower or for otherwise  acting in good faith under
this Section 2.08.
     ------------

     SECTION 2.09 TAXES.

          (i)    Payments Net of Taxes,  All payments made by the Borrower under
this Loan  Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of,
and without reduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future
income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions
or  withholdings,  now or  hereafter  imposed,  levied,  collected,  withheld or
assessed  by any  Governmental  Authority,  and  all  liabilities  with  respect
thereto, excluding

                 (a)  in the  case of the  Lender,  income  or  franchise  taxes
imposed on the Lender by the jurisdiction  under the laws of which the Lender is
organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or
as a result of a  connection  between  the Lender and any  jurisdiction  and the
transactions contemplated hereby; and

                 (b)  in the  case of the  Lender,  income  or  franchise  taxes
imposed by any  jurisdiction in which the Lender's lending offices which make or
book Revolving Credit Loans, are located or any political  subdivision or taxing
authority  thereof or therein (all such  non-excluded  taxes,  levies,  imposts,
deductions,  charges or withholdings being hereinafter  called "Taxes").  If any
Taxes are  required to be withheld or deducted  from any amounts  payable to the
Lender under this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document,  the Borrower shall
pay the  relevant  amount of such Taxes and the amounts so payable to the Lender
shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Lender (after payment
of all Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable  hereunder at the rates
or in the amounts specified in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Any foreign lender (Any lender that is organized  under the laws other than that
in which the  Borrower is  incorporated.  For the  purposes  herein,  the United
States of  America,  each State  thereof and the  District of Columbia  shall be
deemed to  constitute  a single  jurisdiction)  that is entitled to an exemption
from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the  jurisdiction in which
the Borrower is located,  or any treaty to which such  jurisdiction  is a party,
with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to Borrower,  at the
time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed
documentation  prescribed  by  applicable  law or  reasonably  requested  by the
Borrower as will permit such  payments to be made  without  withholding  or at a
reduced  rate.  Whenever  any Taxes are paid by the  Borrower  with  respect  to
payments made in connection with this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document,
as promptly as possible  thereafter,  the Borrower  shall send to the Lender for
its own account a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the
Borrower showing payment thereof.

          (ii)   Indemnity. The Borrower  hereby  indemnifies the Lender for the
full  amount  of all  Taxes  attributable  to  payments  by or on  behalf of the
Borrower  hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,  any Taxes paid by
the Lender, any present or future claims,  liabilities or losses with respect to
or resulting  from any  omission to pay or delay in paying any Taxes  (including
any  incremental  Taxes,  interest or penalties  that may become  payable by the

                                       29
<PAGE>
Lender as a result of any failure to pay such Taxes),  whether or not such Taxes
were correctly or legally asserted.  Such  indemnification  shall be made within
thirty (30) days from the date the Lender makes written demand therefor.

     SECTION 2.10 LETTER OF CREDIT (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions  set
forth in this Loan Agreement and provided no Event of Default has occurred or is
continuing,  the Lender agrees to issue,  for the account of the  Borrower,  the
Letter of Credit. Any and all Reimbursement Obligations in respect of the Letter
of Credit shall constitute  financial  accommodations under the Revolving Credit
Loan.  The Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform  Customs and, to the
extent not inconsistent therewith, the Laws of the State of New Jersey.

          (b)    In  addition  to  being  subject to  the  satisfaction  of  the
conditions  precedent  contained in Article III hereof,  the  obligation  of the
                                    -----------
Lender to issue the Letter of Credit is subject to the  satisfaction  in full of
the following conditions:

                 (1)  the  Borrower  shall have  delivered  to the  Lender  such
      documents and materials as the Lender may reasonably require and the terms
      of the Letter of Credit shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Lender;
      and

                 (2)  as of the date of issuance,  no order,  judgment or decree
      of any court,  arbitrator or  Governmental  Authority shall purport by its
      terms to enjoin or restrain  the Lender from  issuing the Letter of Credit
      and no Law  applicable to the Lender and no request or directive  (whether
      or not  having the force of Law and  whether or not the  failure to comply
      therewith  would  be  unlawful)  from  any  Governmental   Authority  with
      jurisdiction  over the Lender  shall  prohibit or request  that the Lender
      refrain from the  issuance of letters of credit  generally or the issuance
      of the Letter of Credit.

          (c)    In connection with the Letter of Credit:

                 (1)  the Borrower  shall  unconditionally  reimburse the Lender
      for  drawings  under the Letter of Credit  within  thirty (30) days of the
      date when a draw has been made under said  Letter of Credit,  irrespective
      of any claim, set-off,  defense or other right which the Borrower may have
      at any time against the Lender,  except with respect to the Lender's gross
      negligence or willful misconduct; and

                 (2)  to the extent  any  Reimbursement  Obligation  is not paid
      when due, such Reimbursement  Obligation shall be deemed to be a Revolving
      Credit Loan in the amount of such Reimbursement Obligation; and

                 (3)  any Reimbursement Obligation with respect to the Letter of
      Credit shall bear interest from the date of the relevant drawing under the
      Letter of Credit at the  interest  rate set forth  herein,  until  paid in
      full; and

                                       30
<PAGE>
                 (4)  If the Letter of Credit has not been  presented  for honor
      on or before the Revolving Credit  Termination Date,  notwithstanding  the
      occurrence of the Revolving  Credit  Termination Date and the satisfaction
      of  all  other  obligations  under  the  Loan  Documents,  the  Borrower's
      obligations under the Loan Documents shall continue until all amounts paid
      by the Lender  under the Letter of Credit  have been  reimbursed  (and all
      other  obligations  under the Loan Documents have been  satisfied) and the
      liens granted under and pursuant to the Loan  Documents  shall continue to
      secure  such Letter of Credit  Obligations;  provided,  however,  that the
                                                   --------   -------
      Lender may release the liens under the Loan  Documents  (but not the other
      obligations  thereunder)  upon  (i)  the  deposit  by the  Borrower  in an
      interest-bearing cash collateral account opened by the Lender of an amount
      in cash or cash  equivalents  equal to the  amount of the Letter of Credit
      Obligations to collateralize the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to
      the Letter of Credit or (ii) an indemnification agreement from a financial
      institution   or  "back-up"   letter  of  credit  issued  by  a  financial
      institution  all in form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
      Lender.  Notwithstanding,  the payment of all other  obligations under the
      Loan Documents,  the Reimbursement  Obligations associated with the Letter
      of Credit shall accrue interest at the Prime Rate until such Reimbursement
      Obligations have been satisfied in full.

                 (5)   With  respect  to  any  Reimbursement  Obligation,   such
      Reimbursement  Obligation  shall:  (A) be  payable  by the  Borrower  upon
      demand,  (B) be deemed  to be a  Revolving  Credit  Loan as  described  in
      Section 2.1 herein,  and (C) bear interest from the date of payment by the
      Lender at the Prime Rate set forth herein, until paid in full.

          (d)    No action  taken or omitted to be taken by the  Lender under or
in connection  with the Letter of Credit (except in connection with the Lender's
gross negligence or willful misconduct) shall put the Lender under any resulting
liability to the Borrower or relieve the Borrower of its  obligations  hereunder
to  reimburse  the  Lender for the  Reimbursement  Obligations.  In  determining
whether to pay under the Letter of Credit,  the Lender shall have no  obligation
to the  Borrower  other  than to  confirm  that  any  documents  required  to be
delivered under the Letter of Credit appear to have been delivered and that they
appear on their face to comply with the requirements of the Letter of Credit.

          (e)    The Borrower  unconditionally  agrees to pay to the  Lender the
amount of any and all  Reimbursement  Obligations,  interest  and other  amounts
payable  to the Lender  under or in  connection  with the Letter of Credit  upon
demand by the Lender, irrespective of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
which the Borrower may have at any time against the Lender or any other Person.

     SECTION  2.11  LENDER NOT LIABLE.  (a) In  addition  to amounts  payable as
elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect,
indemnify,  pay and save  the  Lender  harmless  from  and  against  any and all
liabilities  and  costs  which  the  Lender  may  incur  or be  subject  to as a
consequence, direct or indirect, of (1) the issuance of the Letter of

                                       31
<PAGE>
Credit  (other  than as a result of the  Lender's  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct,  as  determined  by the  final  judgment  of a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction)  or (2) the  failure  of the  Lender to honor a drawing  under the
Letter  of  Credit  as a result  of any act or  omission,  whether  rightful  or
wrongful,  of any present or future de jure or de facto  Governmental  Authority
(all such acts or omissions hereinafter referred to as the "Governmental Acts").

          (b)    As between the  Borrower and the Lender, subject to the  second
to the last sentence of this subparagraph (b), the Borrower assumes all risks of
                             ----------------
the acts and omissions of, or misuse of such Letter of Credit by the beneficiary
of,  such  Letter  of  Credit.  In  furtherance  and  not in  limitation  of the
foregoing,  the Lender  shall not be  responsible:  (1) for the form,  validity,
sufficiency,  accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by
the Borrower or the  beneficiary  in  connection  with the  application  for and
issuance  of the Letter of Credit,  even if it should in fact prove to be in any
or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (2) for
the validity or  sufficiency  of any instrument  transferring  or assigning,  or
purporting to transfer or assign, the Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
thereunder  or  proceeds  thereof,  in whole or in part,  which  may prove to be
invalid or ineffective for any reason; (3) for failure of the beneficiary of the
Letter of Credit to comply duly with  conditions  required in order to draw upon
the Letter of Credit;  (4) for  errors,  omissions,  interruptions  or delays in
transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable,  telegraph,  telex, or
other similar form of teletransmission  or otherwise,  whether or not they be in
cipher; (5) for errors in interpretation of technical terms; (6) for any loss or
delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make
a drawing  under the Letter of Credit or of the  proceeds  thereof;  (7) for the
misapplication by the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any
drawing  under the Letter of Credit and (8) for any  consequences  arising  from
causes  beyond the  control of the Lender  including,  without  limitation,  any
Governmental Acts. None of the above shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting
of any of the  rights or powers  of the  Lender  under  this  subparagraph  (b);
provided,  however,  the  Borrower  may have a claim  against  the Lender to the
- --------   -------
extent of any direct,  but not  consequential,  damages suffered by the Borrower
that were caused by the Lender's  willful  misconduct  or gross  negligence.  In
furtherance  and not in  limitation  of the  foregoing,  the  Lender  may accept
documents that appear on their face to be in order,  without  responsibility for
further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

          (c)    In furtherance  and  extension  and  not in  limitation  of the
specific  provisions  hereinabove set forth,  any action taken or omitted by the
Lender under or in connection  with the Letter of Credit in accordance  with the
written  directions of the Borrower,  or any related  certificates,  if taken or
omitted in good faith,  shall not, in the absence of an express violation of the
standards set forth in the Uniform Customs and subsequent revisions thereof, put
the Lender under any resulting liability to the Borrower or relieve the Borrower
of any of its obligations hereunder to any such Person.


                                       32
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III
                    CONDITIONS TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS
                    ----------------------------------------

     SECTION  3.01  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT  TO THE  EFFECTIVENESS  OF  THIS  LOAN
AGREEMENT.  This Loan Agreement shall become  effective on the Closing Date when
the following  conditions  precedent have been  satisfied  (unless waived by the
Lender or unless the deadline for delivery has been extended by the Lender):

          (i)    Certain  Documents. The Lender shall have received on or before
the  Closing  Date all of the  following,  all of  which,  except  as  otherwise
specifically described below, shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the
Lender:

                 (a)   this  Loan  Agreement  together  with  all  Exhibits  and
Schedules attached hereto;

                 (b)   a Notice of  Borrowing  pursuant to Section  2.01  hereof
                                                           -------------
dated the Closing Date executed by the Borrower;

                 (c)   the Revolving Credit Loan Note;

                 (d)   the Stock Pledge Agreement;

                 (e)   the opinions of counsel to the Borrower substantially in
the form of Exhibit "F" attached hereto;
            -----------

                 (f)   a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of
the Borrower dated the Closing Date certifying (1) the names and true signatures
of the incumbent officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Loan Agreement
and all other Loan  Documents  executed by the Borrower in  connection  with the
Revolving Credit  Facility,  (2) the By-Laws of the Borrower as in effect on the
date of such  certification  and (3) the resolutions of the Borrower's  Board of
Directors  approving and authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance of
this Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents;

                 (g)   the Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Borrower,  as
amended,  modified or supplemented to the Closing Date, shall be certified to be
true,  correct and complete by the applicable  Secretary of State as of a recent
date prior to the Closing Date;

                 (h)   Good Standing Certificate  for the Borrower  certified by
the Secretary of State of the State of New Jersey;

                 (i)   a certificate  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
Borrower  certifying  that such financial  information  (including any annual or
quarterly  financial  statements of the  Borrower) as the Lender may  reasonably
request are true and accurate;

                 (j)   evidence of  payment in  full of all  existing  Debt owed
by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to that Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 22, 1997

                                       33
<PAGE>
and termination of such credit facility; and

                 (k)   such   additional   documentation   as   the  Lender  may
reasonably require.

          (ii)   Fees and Expenses  Paid.  The  Borrower  shall have paid to the
Lender,  for its own account,  all fees and expenses due and payable  under this
Loan Agreement on the Closing Date.

          (iii)  Representations and Warranties.  All of the representations and
warranties  of the  Borrower  contained  in  subsections  (i) through  (xxii) of
Section  4.01  hereof and in any other Loan  Document  (other  than for  changes
- -------------
permitted or contemplated  by this Loan Agreement)  shall be true and correct in
all material  respects on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of
that date (except any such  representations and warranties stated to be given on
a specific date other than the Closing Date).

          (iv)   No Default.  No Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default
hereunder  or  under  the  other  Loan  Documents  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing on the Closing Date.

          (v)    No Injunction.  No Requirements of Law shall  prohibit,  and no
order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall and, except as set
forth on Schedule  4.01(v) hereto,  no litigation shall be pending or threatened
         -----------------
which in the judgment of the Lender would enjoin, prohibit,  restrain, impose or
result in the imposition of any material adverse condition upon the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (vi)   Consents.   The Borrower  shall have  received all consents and
authorizations required pursuant to any material Contractual Obligation with any
other Person and shall have  obtained all  consents and  authorizations  of, and
effected all notices to and filings with, any  Governmental  Authority,  in each
case, as may be necessary to allow it lawfully to execute,  deliver and perform,
in all material  respects,  its  obligations  under this Loan  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.

          (vii)  No Material Adverse Change.   No adverse change deemed material
by the Lender,  in its sole opinion,  shall have occurred  since the date of the
most recent annual  audited  financial  report of the Borrower  delivered to the
Lender  through the Closing Date, as to the condition  (financial or otherwise),
operations,  performance or properties of the Borrower, individually or taken as
a whole.

     SECTION  3.02  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO ALL  REVOLVING  CREDIT  LOANS.  The
obligation of the Lender to make any Revolving  Credit Loan requested to be made
by it on any Funding Date is subject to the following conditions precedent as of
such date:

          (i)    Notice of Borrowing.  With respect to a request for a Revolving
Credit Loan, the Lender shall have  received in  accordance with the  provisions
of Section 2.01(ii) hereof, on or before any Funding Date, an original Notice of
   ----------------
Borrowing duly executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

                                       34
<PAGE>
          (ii)   Additional Matters.   As of the Funding Date for any  Revolving
Credit Loan:

                 (a)  Representations and Warranties. All of the representations
and warranties of the Borrower contained  in subsections  (i) through  (xxii) of
Section 4.01 hereof and in any other Loan Document  (other than  representations
- ------------
and warranties which expressly speak only of a different date and other than for
changes  permitted or  contemplated  by this Loan  Agreement)  shall be true and
correct in all material respects;

                 (b)  No  Default.  No Event of Default  or  Potential  Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of
the requested Revolving Credit Loan;

                 (c)  No Injunction.  No Requirement of Law or regulations shall
prohibit,  and no order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall,
and,  except as set forth on Schedule  4.01(v)  hereto,  no litigation  shall be
                             -----------------
pending or  threatened  which in the  reasonable  judgment  of the Lender  would
enjoin, prohibit,  restrain,  impose or result in the imposition of any material
adverse  condition  upon the  Lender  from  making  the  Revolving  Credit  Loan
requested to be made on the Funding Date; and

                 (d)  No  Material  Adverse  Change.  No adverse  change  deemed
material by the  Lender,  in its sole  opinion,  shall have  occurred  after the
Closing  Date  as  to  the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),   operations,
performance or properties of the Borrower, individually or taken as a whole.

          Each  submission  by  the  Borrower  to  the  Lender  of a  Notice  of
Borrowing  with  respect to a Revolving  Credit Loan and the  acceptance  by the
Borrower of the proceeds of each such Revolving Credit Loan made hereunder shall
constitute a representation  and warranty by the Borrower as of the Funding Date
in respect of such Revolving  Credit Loan that all the  conditions  contained in
this Section 3.02 have been satisfied.
     ------------

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

     SECTION 4.01  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES ON THE CLOSING DATE. In order
to induce the  Lender to enter into this Loan  Agreement,  the  Borrower  hereby
represents  and warrants to the Lender that the following  statements  are true,
correct and complete on and as of the Closing Date:

          (i)  Organization; Corporate Powers. The Borrower (a) is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the Laws of the
State of New  Jersey,  (b) is duly  qualified  to conduct  business as a foreign
corporation and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction in which it
owns or leases real property or in which the nature of its business  requires it
to be so qualified where the failure to obtain such  qualification is reasonably
likely to result in a Material  Adverse Effect,  and (c) has all requisite power
and authority to own, operate

                                       35
<PAGE>
and  encumber  its  property and assets and to conduct its business as presently
conducted and as proposed to be conducted in  connection  with and following the
consummation of the actions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

          (ii)   Authority.  (a) The Borrower has the requisite  corporate power
and  authority  (1) to execute,  deliver and perform each of the Loan  Documents
executed by it, or to be executed by it and (2) to file the Loan Documents filed
by it, or to be filed by it, with any appropriate Governmental Authority.

                 (b)  The execution, delivery and performance (or filing, as the
case may be) of each of the Loan  Documents to which the Borrower is a party and
the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby,  have  been duly
authorized  by the Board of Directors  of the Borrower and no further  corporate
proceedings  on the  part of the  Borrower  are  necessary  to  consummate  such
transactions.

                 (c)  Each of the Loan  Documents  to which  the  Borrower  is a
party has been duly executed and delivered (or filed, as the case may be) by the
Borrower and constitutes its legal,  valid and binding  obligation,  enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms.

          (iii)  No  Conflict.   The  execution  and delivery by the Borrower of
each  Loan  Document  to which it is party  and the  performance  of each of the
transactions  contemplated thereby do not and will not (a) constitute a tortious
interference  with any  Contractual  Obligation  of the Borrower or (b) conflict
with or violate the Borrower's  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or (c)
conflict  with,  result in a breach of or constitute  (with or without notice or
lapse of time or both) a default  under any  Requirement  of Law or,  subject to
clause (a) above,  Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or require termination
of any Contractual Obligation,  the consequences of which conflict or default or
termination  would have or is reasonably  likely to result in a Material Adverse
Effect or (d)  result in or  require  the  creation  or  imposition  of any Lien
whatsoever  upon any of the  Properties  or assets of the  Borrower  (other than
Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(ii) hereof) or (e) require any approval
                            ----------------
of stockholders.

          (iv)   Governmental Consents. The execution,  delivery and performance
of each Loan Document  (and the  transactions  contemplated  thereby) do not and
will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or
other action to, with or by any Governmental Authority, except filings, consents
or notices which have been, or will in due course, be made, obtained or given.

          (v)    Litigation;  Adverse  Effects.   (a) Except  as  set  forth  in
Schedule  4.01(v)  attached  hereto,  there  is  no  action,  suit,  proceeding,
- -----------------
governmental investigation or arbitration,  at law or in equity, or before or by
any  Governmental  Authority,  pending,  or, to the  knowledge of the  Borrower,
threatened  against  the  Borrower  or any  Property  of the  Borrower  which is
reasonably  likely to (1) result in any Material Adverse Effect,  (2) materially
and  adversely  affect the ability of the  Borrower  to perform its  obligations
under the Law,  any  Contractual  Obligation  and/or the Loan  Documents  or (3)
materially  and  adversely  affect the  ability of the  Borrower  to perform its
Obligations or the Lender's ability to enforce such Obligations.

                                       36
<PAGE>
                 (b)  The Borrower is not (1) in violation of any applicable Law
which violation has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or
(2)  subject  to or in  default  with  respect  to  any  final  judgment,  writ,
injunction,  decree,  rule or regulation of any court or Governmental  Authority
which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no
action, suit,  proceeding or investigation  pending or, to the best knowledge of
the  Borrower,  threatened  against or affecting  the Borrower  challenging  the
validity or the enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

          (vi)   No Material  Adverse  Change.  Since  September  30,  1998,  no
material adverse change in, the condition  (financial or otherwise),  operations
or  performance  of the  Borrower or the ability of the  Borrower to perform its
Obligations under the Loan Documents and the transactions  contemplated  thereby
has occurred.

          (vii)  Payment of Taxes.   All  returns  and  reports of the  Borrower
required to be filed, have been timely filed (or appropriate  extensions of time
for the filing of same have been timely requested),  and all taxes, assessments,
fees and other governmental charges thereupon and upon their Properties, assets,
income and franchises  which are shown on such returns as being due and payable,
have been paid when due and payable  (other than the amount or validity of which
are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings and with
respect to which  reserves  in  conformity  with GAAP have been set aside on the
books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be). The Borrower has
no  knowledge  of any  proposed  tax  assessment  against the  Borrower  that is
reasonably  likely to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect,  which is not being
actively  contested  in good  faith  by the  Borrower  and  which  has not  been
disclosed in writing to the Lender.

          (viii) Performance.    The   Borrower  is   not  in   default  in  the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations,  covenants or
conditions  contained in any  Contractual  Obligation  applicable  to it, and no
condition exists which,  with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both,
would  constitute a default  under such  Contractual  Obligation  in, each case,
except where the consequences,  direct or indirect, of such default or defaults,
if any,  would not have or are not  reasonably  likely  to result in a  Material
Adverse Effect.

          (ix)   Accurate  and  Complete  Disclosure.  The  representations  and
warranties of the Borrower or any other Person  contained in the Loan Documents,
and all certificates and other documents  delivered to the Lender, in connection
herewith and therewith,  do not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact
or omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  in  order to make the  statements
contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

          (x)    Requirements of Law.   The  Borrower has no actual knowledge of
any  non-compliance  with respect to all  Requirements  of Law applicable to the
Borrower and its business which  non-compliance  could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xi)   Patents,  Trademarks,  Permits,  Etc.   The Borrower  owns,  is
licensed or otherwise  has the lawful right to use, or has all permits and other
governmental   approvals,   patents,   trademarks,   trade  names,   copyrights,
technology, know-how and processes used in or


                                       37
<PAGE>
necessary  for the conduct of its  business  as  currently  conducted  which are
material to its condition (financial or otherwise),  operations and performance,
taken as a whole.  The use of such  permits  and other  governmental  approvals,
patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, know how and processes
by the Borrower  does not infringe on the rights of any Person,  subject to such
claims  and  infringements  and does  not,  in the  aggregate,  give rise to any
liability  on the part of the  Borrower  which  has or is  reasonably  likely to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xii)  Environmental   Matters.   Except  as  disclosed  in   Schedule
                                                                        --------
4.01(xii) attached hereto and only in all material respects and to the knowledge
- ---------                 --- ---- -- --- -------- --------
of the Borrower,  (a) the operations of the Borrower  comply with all applicable
environmental,   health  and  safety  Requirements  of  Law  including,  without
limitation,  all  Environmental  Laws;  (b)  the  Borrower's  present  and  past
Properties  and  operations  are not the subject of any order from or  agreement
with  any   Governmental   Authority  or  private   party  or  any  judicial  or
administrative proceeding or investigations respecting any environmental, health
or safety Requirements of Law, and are not the subject of any Remedial Action or
other Liabilities and Costs arising from the Release or threatened Release of an
Environmental  Concern Material into the  Environment;  (c) the Borrower has not
filed any  notice  under  any  Requirement  of Law  indicating  past or  present
treatment,  storage or disposal of an Environmental  Concern  Material;  (d) the
Borrower  has not  filed any  notice  under any  applicable  Requirement  of Law
reporting a Release of an  Environmental  Concern Material into the Environment;
(e) there is not now,  nor has there ever  been,  on or in the  Property  of the
Borrower  any  generation,  treatment,  recycling,  storage or  disposal  of any
Environmental Concern Material;  (f) the Borrower has not received any notice or
claim to the effect that it is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the
Release or  threatened  Release of an  Environmental  Concern  Material into the
Environment, or as a result of exposure to asbestos or to cotton dust, which may
result in any liability;  (g) no Environmental Lien has attached to any Property
of the  Borrower;  (h) the  Borrower has not entered  into any  negotiations  or
agreements with any Person (including, without limitation, the prior owner(s) of
any Property owned or leased by the Borrower) relating to any Remedial Action or
environmentally  related  Claim and (i) the Borrower has no material  contingent
liabilities  in  connection  with  any  Release  or  threatened  Release  of any
Environmental Concern Material into the Environment.

          (xiii) ERISA.    The   Borrower  and   all  ERISA  Affiliates  are  in
compliance  with  ERISA  and  any and all  regulations  promulgated  thereunder.
Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate  maintains or  contributes  to any
Plan other than a Plan listed on Schedule 4.01(xiii) attached hereto.  Except as
                                 -------------------
otherwise provided on Schedule  4.01(xiii),  each Plan which is intended to be a
                      --------------------
qualified  plan has been  determined  by the IRS to be qualified  under  Section
401(a),  and each trust  related to any such Plan has been so  determined  to be
exempt from  federal  income tax under  Section  501(a) of the Code prior to its
amendment  by the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986,  and such  Plan and  trust are being
operated in all material  respects in compliance with and will be timely amended
in  accordance  with  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986  and  the  Omnibus  Budget
Reconciliation  Act  of  1987  as  interpreted  by the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder. Except as otherwise provided on Schedule 4.01(xiii) attached hereto,
                                            -------------------
neither the Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate  maintains or  contributes  to any
employee  welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(l) of ERISA which
provides  lifetime  benefits  to  retirees  other than as may be required by the
Consolidated  Omnibus  Budget   Reconciliation  Act  of  1985,  as  amended  and
interpreted by

                                       38
<PAGE>
regulations promulgated  thereunder.  No material accumulated funding deficiency
(as defined in Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA and Section 412(a) of the Code) exists
in respect to any  Benefit Plan.  The Borrower and any  ERISA  Affiliate and any
fiduciary  of  any  Plan  (a)  have  not  engaged  in  a  nonexempt  "prohibited
transaction"  described  in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and
(b) have not taken any action which would  constitute or result in a Termination
Event with respect to any Plan such that actions  under (a) or (b) or both would
result in a material obligation to pay money. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate  have  incurred  any  material  liability  to the PBGC  which  remains
outstanding. Schedule B to the most recent annual report filed with the IRS with
respect  to each  Benefit  Plan and  furnished  to the  Lender is  complete  and
accurate.  Except as provided on Schedule 4.01(xiii) attached hereto,  since the
                                 -------------------
date of each such Schedule B, there has been no change in the funding  status or
financial condition of the Benefit Plan relating to such Schedule B. Neither the
Borrower  nor any ERISA  Affiliate  have  failed to make a required  installment
under  subsection  (m) of Section 412 of the Code or any other payment  required
under Section 412 of the Code on or before the due date for such  installment or
other  payment.  Neither the  Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate  are required to
provide  security to a Plan under  Section  401(a)(29) of the Code due to a Plan
amendment  that results in an increase in current  liability  for the plan year.
Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate are now  contributing or have ever
contributed to or been obligated to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan, and no
employees or former  employees of the Borrower and or any ERISA  Affiliate  have
been covered by any  Multiemployer  Plan in respect of their  employment  by the
Borrower and or any ERISA Affiliate,  and, accordingly,  the representations and
warranties in this subsection (xiii) do not apply to Multiemployer Plans.
                   -----------------

          (xiv)  Assets  and  Properties.   Substantially  all of the assets and
properties  owned by,  leased to or used by the Borrower in its business (a) are
in good operating  condition and repair  (ordinary wear and tear excepted),  (b)
are  free  and  clear  of any  known  defects  (except  such  defects  as do not
substantially  interfere with the continued use thereof in the conduct of normal
operations)  and (c) are able to serve the function for which they are currently
being  used,  in each  case  where  the  failure  of  such  asset  to meet  such
requirements  would not have or is not reasonably likely to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (xv)   Insurance.  The Borrower  maintains with financially  sound and
reputable  insurers,  not related to or affiliated with the Borrower,  insurance
with respect to its Properties and business,  insured against such  liabilities,
casualties  and  contingencies  and in such types and amounts as is customary in
the case of  corporations  engaged in the same or a similar  business  or having
similar properties similarly situated.

          (xvi)  Title to Property.   The Borrower has good and marketable title
in fee simple to all Property  owned or purported to be owned by it,  including,
without  limitation,  all property  reflected in the most recent audited balance
sheet referred to in Section  4.01(xvii) hereof or submitted pursuant to Article
                     -------------------                                 -------
V (except as sold or otherwise  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of business
- -
after the date of such balance sheet), in each case free and clear of all Liens,
other than Customary Permitted Liens.

          (xvii) Audited  Financial  Statements.   The  Borrower  has heretofore
furnished  to the Lender a  consolidated  balance  sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries dated as of

                                       39
<PAGE>
December 31, 1997, and the related statements of income,  cash flows and changes
in stockholders' equity for the Fiscal Year then ended, as examined and reported
on by its Independent Certified Public Accountant,  who delivered an unqualified
opinion in respect  thereof.  Such  financial  statements  (including  the notes
thereto)  present  fairly  the  financial  condition  of the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended,  all in conformity  with GAAP
(except as approved by such  accountants and as disclosed  therein) and complied
with as to form in all material respects with the applicable published rules and
regulations of the SEC.

          (xviii) Interim  Financial  Statements.   The  Borrower has heretofore
furnished to the Lender interim  consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries  as of the end of its third Fiscal  Quarter of the Fiscal Year
beginning September 30, 1998, together with the related statements of income and
cash flows for the  applicable  fiscal  periods  ending on each such date.  Such
financial  statements present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarters and the results of their
operations  and their cash  flows for the  fiscal  periods  then  ended,  all in
conformity  with  GAAP  (except  to the  extent  set  forth in the notes to said
financial   statements),   subject  to  normal  and  recurring   year-end  audit
adjustments  and  complied  with as to form in all  material  respects  with the
applicable published rules and regulations of the SEC.

          (xix)   Absence  of  Undisclosed  Liabilities.   The  Borrower  has no
liability or  obligation  of any nature  whatever  (whether  absolute,  accrued,
contingent  or  otherwise,  whether or not due),  unusual  forward or  long-term
commitments or unrealized or anticipated  losses from  unfavorable  commitments,
except (a) as disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Sections 4.01
                                                                   -------------
(xvii) and (xviii)  hereof,  (b) matters that,  individually or in the aggregate
- ------     -------
could not result in a Material  Adverse Effect and (c)  Contractual  Obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business.

          (xx)    Margin Regulations.  No part of the proceeds of the  Revolving
Credit  Facility  will be used for the purpose of buying or carrying  any Margin
Stock,  or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any
Margin Stock. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit to
others for the purpose of buying or  carrying  Margin  Stock.  The making of any
Revolving  Credit Loan and the use of proceeds of any such Revolving Credit Loan
will not violate or conflict with the  provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the
Federal  Reserve  Board,  as amended  from time to time.  The Borrower is not an
"investment   company"  registered  or  required  to  be  registered  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  nor is the Borrower  controlled by
such company.

          (xxi)   Labor  Matters.   Except  as set forth on  Schedule  4.01(xxi)
                                                             -------------------
attached  hereto,  the Borrower is not a party to any labor union or  collective
bargaining  agreements and is in material  compliance  with all applicable  Laws
respecting employment and employment practices,  including,  without limitation,
laws, regulations,  and judicial and administrative decisions relating to wages,
hours, conditions of work, collective bargaining,  health and safety, payment of
social security,  payroll,  withholding and other taxes, worker's  compensation,
insurance  requirements,  as well as requirements of ERISA and the  Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act.

                                       40
<PAGE>
          (xxii)  Year 2000 Problem.   Borrower  reasonably  anticipates that it
will,  on a timely  basis,  successfully  resolve the Year 2000  Problem for all
material computer applications used by it and, if unable to successfully resolve
all or part of the Year 2000 Problem, the Year 2000 Problem will not result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

          (xxiii) Material Contracts.   Schedule 4.01(xxiii) lists all  material
contracts  relating to the business  operations  of the  Borrower and  Corporate
Guarantors.  All such material contracts are valid, binding and enforceable upon
the Borrower and/or  Corporate  Guarantors and each of the other parties thereto
in accordance with their respective  terms, and there is no default  thereunder,
to the Borrower's and/or Corporate Guarantors' knowledge.

     SECTION 4.02 SUBSEQUENT FUNDING REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. In order to
induce the Lender to enter into this Loan Agreement and to make Revolving Credit
Loans,  the  Borrower  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the Lender that the
statements  set forth in  sections  (i) through  (xxiii) of Section  4.01 hereof
                                                            -------------
(except to the extent that such statements (i) are made expressly only as of the
Closing Date or (ii) other than for changes  permitted or  contemplated  by this
Loan Agreement),  are true,  correct and complete in all material respects after
the Closing Date on and as of the Funding Date in respect of each Borrowing.

     SECTION 4.03 SEC FILINGS.  Borrower has heretofore delivered to Lender true
and complete  copies of (i)  Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2, as filed with the SEC
on August 30, 1996, Form SB-2, as filed with the SEC on June 13, 1997, Amendment
No. 1 to Form SB-2,  as filed with the SEC on June 17, 1997, a Prospectus  dated
September  27,  1996,  and a Prospectus  dated June 26,  1997,  all filed by the
Borrower,  and (ii) all other reports or registration  statements filed with the
SEC, in each case as filed with the SEC.  Borrower has filed all required forms,
reports and  documents  with the SEC, all of which were  prepared in  accordance
with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act.


                                    ARTICLE V
                               REPORTING COVENANTS

     On and after the Closing Date and so long as the Borrower shall have any
Obligation  hereunder,  unless the Lender shall give its prior  express  written
consent to the effect otherwise, then:

     SECTION 5.01 STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING.  The Borrower shall,  and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as applicable,  (i) to make and to keep
books,  records and accounts which, in reasonable detail,  accurately and fairly
reflect their  respective  transactions  and  dispositions  of their  respective
assets and (ii) to maintain a system of internal  accounting controls sufficient
to  provide  reasonable   assurances  that  (a)  transactions  are  executed  in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization, (b) transactions
are recorded as necessary (1) to permit  preparation of financial  statements in
conformity with GAAP and any other accounting  principles applicable thereto and
(2) to maintain  accountability  for assets and (c) the recorded  accountability
for assets is compared  with the existing  assets at  reasonable  intervals  and
appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

                                       41
<PAGE>
     SECTION 5.02  REPORTING AND  INFORMATION  REQUIREMENTS.  The Borrower shall
deliver  or  cause  to be  delivered  to  the  Lender  the  following  financial
statements,  data,  reports  and  information,  at the  Borrower's  own cost and
expense:

          (i)    Annual  "Audited"  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the
Borrower, the Corporate Guarantors and any Subsidiary. As soon as available, but
in any event within  ninety (90) days after the close of each Fiscal Year of the
Borrower,  "audited"  consolidated and consolidating  statements of income and a
statement of cash flows and a  consolidated  statement of retained  earnings for
the Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors and any Subsidiary for such Fiscal Year
and a  consolidated  and  consolidating  balance  sheet  of  the  Borrower,  the
Corporate Guarantors and any Subsidiary as of the close of such Fiscal Year, and
notes to each, all in reasonable  detail,  setting forth in comparative form the
corresponding  figures for the preceding Fiscal Year. Such financial  statements
shall  be  accompanied  by  an  opinion  of  the  Independent  Certified  Public
Accountant,  which opinion shall be signed by such Independent  Certified Public
Accountant.  The  opinion of such  accountants  shall be free of  exceptions  or
qualifications  not acceptable to the Lender,  and in any event shall be free of
any  exception or  qualification  which is of "going  concern" or like nature or
which  relates to a more  limited  scope of  examination  and shall be otherwise
acceptable  to the Lender.  In addition to the delivery of the annual  "audited"
consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Borrower  shall  also  deliver to the
Lender,  at the same time,  an  "unaudited"  management  prepared  consolidating
statement  of income and  retained  earnings  for the  Borrower,  the  Corporate
Guarantors and any Subsidiary for such Fiscal Year and a  consolidating  balance
sheet for the Borrowers , the Corporate  Guarantors and any Subsidiary as of the
close of such Fiscal  Year,  all  prepared  and  certified  to the Lender by the
Borrower's chief accounting officer in his capacity as an Authorized Officer.

          (ii)   Quarterly Management Prepared Consolidated Financial Statements
of the  Borrower,  the  Corporate  Guarantors  and  any  Subsidiary.  As soon as
available,  but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the close of each
of the  first  three  Fiscal  Quarters  of each  Fiscal  Year  of the  Borrower,
"unaudited"  management  prepared  consolidated and consolidating  statements of
income and a statement  of cash flows and  consolidated  statements  of retained
earnings and balance sheets for the Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors and any
Subsidiary for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of such
Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter,  and an "unaudited"  consolidated
and consolidating  balance sheet of the Borrower,  the Corporate  Guarantors and
any Subsidiary as of the close of such Fiscal Quarter,  all in reasonable detail
and with all  notes  and  supporting  schedules  to the  extent  required  to be
included  in  Borrower's  10-Q  or  10-QSB,  as  applicable,  setting  forth  in
comparative  form the  corresponding  figures  for the  corresponding  dates and
periods during the preceding  Fiscal Year, and certified by the Chief  Financial
Officer of the Borrower in his capacity as an  Authorized  Officer as presenting
fairly in all material  respects,  the financial  position of the Borrower,  the
Corporate  Guarantors  and any Subsidiary as of the end of such dates and fiscal
periods and the results of their  operations and the changes in their  financial
position and cash flows for such fiscal periods, in conformity with GAAP applied
in a manner consistent with that of the most recent audited financial statements
furnished  to the  Lender,  subject  to  normal  and  recurring  year-end  audit
adjustments.

                                       42
<PAGE>
          (iii)  Compliance  Certificates.   Together with each  delivery of any
financial statement pursuant to this Section 5.02(i) and Section 5.02(ii) above,
                                     ------------------------------------
an Officer's  Certificate of the Borrower  substantially  in the form of Exhibit
                                                                         -------
"D"  attached  hereto,  (a) stating  that the officer  signatory  thereto in his
- ---
capacity as an Authorized  Officer has reviewed the terms of this Loan Agreement
and the principal Loan  Documents,  and has made, or caused to be made under his
supervision,  a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of
the Borrower,  taken as a whole,  during the  accounting  period covered by such
financial  statements,  and that such  review has not  disclosed  the  existence
during or at the end of such  accounting  period,  and that the signer  does not
have knowledge of the existence as at the date of the Officer's Certificate,  of
any condition or event which  constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event
of Default, or, if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying the
nature and period of  existence  thereof and what action the Borrower has taken,
is taking and proposes to take with  respect  thereto and (b)  demonstrating  in
reasonable detail compliance,  during and at the end of such accounting periods,
with the financial covenants contained in Article VIII of this Loan Agreement.
                                          ------------

          (iv)   Accountant's  Certificate.   Each set of  financial  statements
delivered  pursuant  to  Section  5.02(i)  hereof  shall  be  accompanied  by  a
                         ----------------
certificate  or  report  dated  the  date of such  financial  statements  by the
Independent  Certified Public Accountant who certified such financial statements
stating in substance  that they have  reviewed  this Loan  Agreement and that in
making the  examination  necessary  for their  certification  of such  financial
statements  they did not become aware of any Event of Default or Potential Event
of Default,  or if they did become so aware,  such  certificate  or report shall
state the nature and period of existence thereof. Such Accountant's  Certificate
shall not be required in connection with the delivery of the Borrower's 10-Q and
such Accountant's  Certificate shall be deemed to be acceptable to the Lender if
contained within the notes to such financial statements.

          (v)    Other Reports and  Information.  Promptly  upon their  becoming
available to the Borrower and in respect of those that are  material,  a copy of
                          --- -- ------- -- ----- ---- ---  --------
(a)  all  reports,   financial  statements  and  other  information  distributed
generally  by the Borrower to its  stockholders,  bondholders  or the  financial
community,  (b) all  accountants'  management  letters  pertaining to, all other
reports  submitted by accountants in connection with any audit of, and all other
material reports from outside accountants with respect to, the Borrower, and (c)
all reports submitted to Governmental  Authorities  and/or with respect to Plans
under ERISA,  except as prepared in the normal course of the Borrower's business
and where no material adverse action with respect thereto would result.

          (vi)   Further Information. The Borrower shall promptly furnish to the
Lender any business, financial or other information concerning the Borrower, the
Corporate  Guarantors,  any Subsidiaries  and/or any Affiliates which the Lender
may reasonably request from time to time in a form acceptable to the Lender.

          (vii)  Notice of Event of Default;  Notice of Material Adverse Change.
Promptly upon becoming aware of any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default
or  the   commencement,   existence   or  threat  of  any  action,   proceeding,
investigation  or arbitration  against or affecting the Borrower,  the Corporate
Guarantors, any Subsidiaries and/or any Affiliates which, if adversely

                                       43
<PAGE>
decided,  would result in a Material  Adverse  Effect on the  business,  assets,
operations or financial condition of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantors, any
Subsidiary  and/or  any  Affiliate  taken as a whole,  or on the  ability of the
Borrower and/or the Corporate  Guarantors to perform their obligations under the
Loan  Documents,  the Borrower  shall give the Lender  written  notice  thereof,
together with a written statement of the President or Chief Financial Officer of
the Borrower in his capacity as an Authorized  Officer setting forth the details
thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by
the Borrower.

          (viii) Notice  of Pension-Related Events.  The Borrower shall give the
Lender written notice within fifteen (15) days after the Borrower, any Corporate
Guarantors or an ERISA  Affiliate  knows,  has reason to know or receives notice
concerning (a) the occurrence of any Termination  Event; (b) the occurrence of a
non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  (as  defined  in  Section  406 of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code) or (c) any other ERISA-related event or action.

          (ix)   SEC Documents.  As soon as available,  true and complete copies
of any report or statement mailed by the Borrower to its stockholders  generally
or filed by the Borrower with the SEC subsequent to the date hereof.

          (x)    Business Plans, Financial Projections.  Within thirty (30) days
of the end of  Borrower's  Fiscal  Year,  Borrower  shall submit to the Lender a
Board of Directors  approved plan (including a projected  balance sheet,  income
statement and  statement of cash flow) of the Borrower,  which shall include the
Corporate  Guarantors and  Subsidiaries for the upcoming Fiscal Year in form and
substance as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                              ---------------------

     The Borrower  covenants  and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date and
until  payment in full of all of the  Obligations,  unless the Lender shall give
its prior express written consent to the effect otherwise, then:

     SECTION 6.01 CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause
the Corporate  Guarantors to, do or cause to be done all things necessary (i) to
maintain their respective  status as a corporation duly organized,  existing and
in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  their   respective   jurisdiction   of
incorporation,  and (ii) to preserve  and to keep in full force and effect their
respective  rights and franchises unless the failure to maintain such rights and
franchises  would not result in a Material  Adverse  Effect.  The Borrower shall
promptly provide the Lender with a complete  up-to-date list of all Subsidiaries
and Affiliates of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors.

     SECTION 6.02 CORPORATE POWERS, ETC. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the
Corporate  Guarantors to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to qualify
and remain  qualified  to conduct  business  in each  jurisdiction  in which the
nature of their  respective  businesses or the ownership of their  properties or
both requires them to be so qualified.  The Borrower shall, and

                                       44
<PAGE>
shall  cause the  Corporate  Guarantors  to,  do or cause to be done all  things
necessary to transact business in their own names and shall invoice all accounts
in their own name.

     SECTION 6.03 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
the Corporate  Guarantors  (i) to comply with all  Requirements  of Law, and all
restrictive covenants affecting them or their businesses,  properties, assets or
operations  and (ii) to  obtain  as  needed  all  Permits  necessary  for  their
operations,  and maintain  such Permits in good  standing,  except to the extent
non-compliance  with this  Section  6.03 would not result in a Material  Adverse
                           -------------
Effect.

     SECTION 6.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.  The  Borrower  shall,  and shall
cause  the  Corporate  Guarantors  to,  pay or cause  to be paid (i) all  taxes,
assessments and other governmental  charges imposed upon them or on any of their
respective  properties  or  assets  or in  respect  of any of  their  respective
franchises,  business, income or property before any penalty or interest accrues
thereon and (ii) all Claims (including,  without  limitation,  claims for labor,
services,  materials  and  supplies),  for sums material in the aggregate to the
Borrower  and the  Corporate  Guarantors,  which have become due and payable and
which by Law have or may become a Lien (other than a Customary  Permitted  Lien)
upon their  Property,  prior to time when any  penalty or fine shall be incurred
with respect thereto;  provided,  however,  that no such taxes,  assessments and
governmental  charges  referred to in clause (i) above or Claims  referred to in
                                      ----------
clause (ii) above need be paid if being  contested in good faith by  appropriate
- -----------
proceedings  promptly  instituted  and  diligently  conducted  and  if  adequate
reserves shall have been set aside therefor in accordance with GAAP.

     SECTION 6.05 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES;  INSURANCE. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause the Corporate  Guarantors to,  maintain or cause to be maintained in
good repair, working order and condition,  excepting ordinary wear and tear, all
of their  respective  Properties  material to their  operations and will make or
cause to be made all appropriate  repairs,  renewals and  replacements  thereof,
consistent with past practice. The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Corporate
Guarantors,  to maintain or cause to be maintained  with  financially  sound and
reputable insurers reasonably  acceptable to the Lender,  insurance policies and
programs  currently  in place  and in full  force and  effect  or  substantially
similar programs or policies and amounts or other programs, policies and amounts
acceptable  to the  Lender.  Not later  than  thirty  (30) days  later  than the
renewal,  replacement  or material  modification  of any policy or program,  the
Borrower  shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender a certificate  of
insurance setting forth for each such policy or program:  (i) the amount of such
policy,  (ii) the risks  insured  against by such policy,  (iii) the name of the
insurer and each insured  party under such policy and (iv) the policy  number of
such policy.

     SECTION 6.06 INSPECTION OF PROPERTY; BOOKS AND RECORDS; DISCLOSURE.  Except
for  information  and records  which the Borrower may not under  applicable  Law
disseminate or disclose to the Lender,  the Borrower shall,  and shall cause the
Corporate Guarantors, any Subsidiary and any Affiliate to, permit any authorized
representative(s) designated by the Lender to visit, to conduct a field audit or
to otherwise inspect any of the Borrower's Properties, including their financial
and accounting records,  and to make copies and take extracts therefrom,  and to
discuss the Borrower's,  the Corporate  Guarantors',  any  Subsidiaries' and any
Affiliate's   affairs,   finances  and  accounts  with  the  Lender's  officers,
employees, representatives or


                                       45
<PAGE>
independent  certified  public  accountants,  upon reasonable  notice and during
normal  business  hours.  Each such visitation and inspection by or on behalf of
the Lender shall be at the Lender's own cost and expense, provided,  however, if
an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing,  the Lender may do any of the
foregoing at the Borrower's  expense  without notice and during normal  business
hours.

     SECTION 6.07  LITIGATION,  CLAIMS,  ETC.,  The Borrower  shall  provide the
Lender  with (i) a  litigation  status  report,  in a form  satisfactory  to the
Lender,  with respect to any new litigation  (whether at law or in equity) which
is asserted  against the Borrower,  the  Corporate  Guarantors,  any  Subsidiary
and/or  any  Affiliate  involving  potential  claims in excess of  $1,000,000.00
promptly after the close of each Fiscal Quarter;  (ii) notice of any suit at law
or in equity or claim brought or asserted  against the  Borrower,  the Corporate
Guarantors, any Subsidiary and/or any Affiliate, promptly after learning thereof
with respect to any suit or claim  involving  money or property valued in excess
of $500,000.00 or any such suits or claims which in the aggregate  involve money
                                                 ----------------
or property  valued in excess of  $1,000,000.00;  and (iii) prompt notice of any
investigation or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority,  the effect
of which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 6.08  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES, PERMITS, ETC.,   The Borrower shall,
and shall  cause the  Corporate  Guarantors  to, (i)  maintain in full force and
effect  all  Permits  or  other  rights  necessary  for the  operation  of their
businesses,  except where the failure to obtain any of the  foregoing  would not
result in or is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect and
(ii) notify the Lender in  writing,  promptly  after  learning  thereof,  of the
suspension,  cancellation,  revocation or discontinuance of or of any pending or
threatened  action  or  proceeding  seeking  to  suspend,   cancel,   revoke  or
discontinue any Permit where the result thereof could  reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 6.09  CONTINUATION  OF OR CHANGE IN  BUSINESS.  Except as permitted
pursuant to Section  7.02,  the Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the  Corporate
            -------------
Guarantors to continue to engage in their respective businesses substantially as
conducted  and operated  during the present and preceding  Fiscal Year,  and the
Borrower  shall,  and shall cause the Corporate  Guarantors to not engage in any
other business.

     SECTION 6.10 ADDITIONAL CORPORATE GUARANTORS. The Borrower shall cause each
domestic and foreign  operating (i) Majority Owned  Subsidiary or (ii) Affiliate
in which the  Borrower is the owner  (whether  legal or  beneficial  and whether
direct or indirect) of at least fifty percent  (50%) or more of the  authorized,
issued  and  outstanding  common  stock  of said  Affiliate,  or  other  form of
ownership  interest in the event the  Affiliate is not a  corporation,  which is
acquired  or formed  after the  Closing  Date,  to enter  into and  execute  the
Agreement of Guaranty,  thereby  becoming a Corporate  Guarantor.  Schedule 6.10
                                                                   -------------
contains a current list of Corporate Guarantors as of the date hereof.

     SECTION 6.11 YEAR 2000. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to,  take all action  necessary  to assure  that such  Borrower's  and each such
Subsidiary's  computer-based  systems  are  able  to  effectively  process  data
including  dates prior to, on, and after January 1, 2000 such that there will be
no Material Adverse Effect.  At the request of the Lender, the Borrower

                                       46
<PAGE>
shall provide the Lender with assurance  reasonably  acceptable to the Lender of
the Borrower's or any  Subsidiary's  capabilities  with respect to the Year 2000
Problem.

     SECTION 6.12 FURTHER ACTS.  Within forty-five (45) days of the date hereof,
the Borrower shall take, at its own expense, all actions necessary to deliver to
Lender,  opinions of counsel  and the  Agreements  of  Guaranty of  Intelligroup
Australia Pty Limited and  Intelligroup  Singapore  Private Ltd.,  acceptable in
form and substance to Lender, with respect to the Agreements of Guaranty stating
that, among other things, the Agreements of Guaranty constitute the legal, valid
and binding  obligations of each Corporate  Guarantor,  enforceable against such
party in accordance with its terms, the Corporate  Guarantors have all requisite
corporate power and authority to perform their  obligations under the Agreements
of Guaranty and neither the performance of the Corporate Guarantors' obligations
or  consummation of the  transaction  under the Loan Documents  resulted or will
result in a breach of any certificate of  incorporation or by-laws or comparable
document or any rules, regulations or local law to which any Corporate Guarantor
is subject.  Further,  the Borrower shall take all actions  necessary within the
above time, to deliver the original  certificates  of stock to be pledged to the
Lender in  accordance  with the  Pledge  Agreements  executed  contemporaneously
herewith along with all instruments and agreements to effect transfer thereof to
Lender.  Failure of the  Borrower to comply with the terms of this  Section 6.12
may, at the Lender's sole  discretion,  result in an Event of Default  hereunder
and the Lender may avail itself of such rights and remedies provided herein


                                   ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                               ------------------

     The Borrower  covenants  and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date and
until  payment in full of all of the  Obligations,  unless the Lender shall give
its prior written consent to the effect otherwise, then:

     SECTION 7.01 ADDITIONAL LIENS. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any of the Corporate Guarantors to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume
or  permit  to exist  any  Lien on or with  respect  to any of their  respective
Properties except:

                  (i)   Liens, if any, created under the Loan Documents;

                  (ii)  Any  interest  or  title of a  lessor  or  secured  by a
lessor's interest under any lease permitted by this Loan Agreement;

                  (iii) Liens existing on the date of this Loan Agreement as set
forth on Schedule  7.01 and Liens  existing  on the date of this Loan  Agreement
securing  the  existing  Debt (as set forth on Schedule  7.04)  permitted  to be
                                               --------------
secured  (but said Liens may not be renewed,  extended or increased in principal
amount);

                  (iv)  Customary Permitted Liens;

                  (v)   Purchase  money   Liens  securing  Debt  (including  the
interest of a

                                       47
<PAGE>
lease under a  Capitalized  Lease)  permitted  pursuant to Section 7.04(iv); and
                                                           ---------------

                  (vi)  Liens on the property or assets of a  corporation  which
becomes a Subsidiary  after the date hereof securing Debt permitted by paragraph
7.04(vii),  provided  that (1) such Liens  existed at the time such  corporation
became a Subsidiary and were not created in anticipation of the acquisition, (2)
any such Lien does not by its terms cover any  property or assets after the time
such corporation  becomes a Subsidiary which were not covered  immediately prior
thereto,  and (3) any such Lien does not by its terms secure any Debt other than
Debt  existing  immediately  prior  to  the  time  such  corporation  becomes  a
Subsidiary.

     SECTION 7.02 MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ACQUISITIONS AND SALES OF ASSETS.

          (i)    The Borrower (a) will not consolidate  or merge with any Person
 
or acquire the stock or assets of any Person  whether by merger,  consolidation,
purchase of stock or otherwise, and (b) will not, and will not permit any of the
Corporate  Guarantors  to,  sell,  otherwise  dispose  of or  lease  all  or any
substantial  part (as  defined  in  paragraph  (ii)  below) of the assets of the
Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors taken as a whole, provided, however, that
                                                        --------  -------
any Corporate  Guarantor may sell,  otherwise  dispose of or lease its assets to
the Borrower or any other Corporate Guarantor;  and provided,  further, that the
Borrower may  consolidate,  merge or acquire (by way of acquisitions of stock or
other equity  interests  or transfer of property)  any other entity or may sell,
otherwise  dispose of or lease all or  substantially  all of such  assets if (1)
either (A) in the case of a merger or  consolidation,  the Borrower shall be the
surviving  or  continuing  corporation,  or (B)  the  corporation  formed  by or
resulting  from  such  merger  or  consolidation,  if not the  Borrower,  or the
corporation to which such assets shall have been sold,  otherwise disposed of or
leased,  shall be a corporation  organized  under the laws of the United States,
any state of the United  States or the District of Columbia and shall  expressly
assume  the  obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder  and such  Persons  are in
substantially  the same  business as the  Borrower,  and (2) at the time of such
consolidation, merger, acquisition or such sale, disposition or lease and before
or after giving  effect  thereto,  on a pro forma basis,  no Event of Default or
Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (ii)   As used in this Section  7.02,  a sale,  other  disposition  or
                                 -------------
lease of assets shall be deemed to cover a  "substantial  part" of the assets of
the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors only if, on a pro forma basis, the net
book value of such assets  when added to the net book value of all other  assets
sold,  otherwise  disposed  of or  leased  by the  Borrower  and  the  Corporate
Guarantors during any Fiscal Year of such sale, other disposition or lease, on a
consolidated basis exceeds twenty-five (25%) percent of the consolidated assets.
                   -------

          (iii)  Not  less than  fifteen  (15) days prior to the funding of each
such acquisition, the Borrower shall deliver to Lender a certificate from one of
the Authorized  Officers certifying that after giving effect to such acquisition
and the incurrence of any  indebtedness  hereunder and permitted by Section 7.04
                                                                    ------------
in connection  therewith,  on a pro forma basis,  as if the acquisition and such
incurrence  of  indebtedness  had  occurred on the first day of the twelve month
period ending on the last day of the Borrower's most recently  completed  Fiscal
Quarter,  the Borrower  would have been in compliance  with all of the covenants
contained  in this  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  the  financial
covenants set forth in Article 8.

                                       48
<PAGE>
Such  certificate  shall include a spread sheet  containing the calculations for
such  financial  covenants  and a  pro  forma  consolidated  balance  sheet  and
statement  of  earnings  and  retained  earnings  after  giving  effect  to such
acquisition  along  with all  documentation  evidencing  the  nature and type of
indebtedness in conjunction with such acquisition.

     SECTION  7.03 LOANS AND  INVESTMENTS.  Borrower  shall  not,  and shall not
permit any of the Corporate  Guarantors at any time to purchase,  acquire or own
any stock,  bonds, notes or securities of, or any partnership  interest (whether
general  or  limited)  in,  or any  other  interest  in,  or  make  any  capital
contribution  to, any other  Person,  or become a joint  venture  partner in any
joint venture (provided that Borrower may make joint venture  investments not to
exceed an  aggregate  of  $1,000,000.00  at any one time),  or agree,  become or
remain liable to do any of the foregoing, except for: (a) debt securities having
a maturity of not more than one year issued or  guaranteed  by the United States
government  or by an agency or  instrumentality  thereof;  (b)  certificates  of
deposit, bankers acceptances and time deposits, which in each case mature within
one year from the date of  purchase  thereof  and  which are  issued by a lender
acceptable to Lender; (c) commercial paper maturing in two hundred-seventy (270)
days or less from the date of  issuance  which,  at the time of  acquisition  by
Borrower either (i) is accorded the highest rating by Standard and Poor's Rating
Group or Moody's  Investor's  Service,  Inc.,  or (ii) is issued by Lender,  (d)
direct   obligations   of  the  United  States  of  America  or  any  agency  or
instrumentality  of the United  States of America,  the payment or  guarantee of
which  constitutes  a full faith and credit  obligation  of the United States of
America,  in  each  case  maturing  in 12  months  or  less  from  the  date  of
acquisition,  provided that the amounts  otherwise  permitted under this section
shall not exceed $5,000,000.00  outstanding at any time and shall be approved by
a majority of the Board of Directors of the  Borrower,  (e)  extensions of trade
credit to customers in the ordinary course of business, (f) loans to officers of
the Borrower in an aggregate  principal  amount  outstanding  at any time not to
exceed  $250,000.00,  (g) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries for travel,  entertainment and relocation  expenses in the ordinary
course of business in an aggregate  amount for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
not to exceed $250,000.00 at any one time outstanding,  (h) Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary,   (i)  loans  and  advances  by  the  Company  to  its  wholly-owned
Subsidiaries,  and (j) loans by the Borrower to its employees in connection with
management  incentive  plans in an aggregate  amount not to exceed  $250,000.00,
provided that the aggregate amount of such loans outstanding at any time may not
exceed $250,000.00.

     SECTION 7.04 INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt except:

          (i)    Debt under the Loan Documents;

          (ii)   Existing  Debt as set forth on  Schedule  7.04  (including  any
                                                 --------------
extensions,  renewals or modifications  thereof provided there is no increase in
the  amount  thereof or other  significant  change in the terms  thereof  unless
otherwise specified on Schedule 7.04);
                       -------------

          (iii)  Debt  which   is  subordinated  to  the  Obligations  on  terms
approved by the Lender in writing;

                                       49
<PAGE>
          (iv)   additional  Debt secured by  purchase money security  interests
having an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00 at any time;

          (v)    other Debt having an  aggregate principal  amount not to exceed
$3,000,000.00 at any time provided the Debt allowed in this Subsection (v) shall
not be on terms more  favorable than the material terms set forth herein and the
Borrower shall have availability under the Revolving Credit Facility equal to at
all times, the amount of such outstanding Debt;

          (vi)   Debt  consisting of unsecured  overdraft  facilities to foreign
Subsidiaries not to exceed $500,000.00 in the aggregate outstanding at any time;
and

          (vii)  Debt of a  Person  which  becomes a  Subsidiary  after the date
hereof, provided that:

                 (1)  such  Debt  existed  at the  time  such  Person  became  a
Subsidiary and was not created in anticipation of such acquisition;

                 (2)  immediately after giving effect to the acquisition of such
Person by the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries,  no  Potential  Event of Default or
Event of Default shall occur and be continuing;

                 (3)  the  remaining  amount of all such Debt does not exceed in
the aggregate (collectively for all such Persons which became a Subsidiary after
the date hereof) ten (10%) percent of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Borrower
and Subsidiaries;

                 (4)  liens  securing  such  Debt (if any)  shall not  extend to
cash, marketable securities,  accounts receivable,  inventory,  work in process,
contracts receivable,  patents,  trademarks, notes receivable or any such assets
of such Person that would be properly categorized as current assets according to
GAAP;

                 (5)  such  Debt  is  not  guaranteed  by the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiaries;

                 (6)  such  Debt is  not  payable  to  selling  shareholders  or
Persons owned by or controlled by selling  shareholders  or other Persons unless
subordinated to Lender on terms approved by Lender in writing; and

                 (7)  such Debt would not be subject to acceleration of maturity
or cause an Event of Default under  existing loan  documents as a result of such
acquisition by the Borrower.

     SECTION 7.05 ERISA.   The  Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit any of
ERISA  Affiliates  to, do any of the  following  to the extent  that such act or
failure to act would  result in the  aggregate,  after  taking into  account any
other such acts or failures to act, in a  obligation  to pay a sum of money that
is material to the business of the Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantors:

                                       50
<PAGE>
          (i)    Engage,  or  permit  an  ERISA  Affiliate  to  engage,  in  any
prohibited  transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code for which a class exemption is not available or a private exemption has not
been obtained from the DOL;

          (ii)   Permit to exist any accumulated  funding deficiency (as defined
in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived;

          (iii)  Fail,  or permit an  ERISA  Affiliate  to fail,  to pay  timely
required  contributions  or annual  installments  due with respect to any waived
funding deficiency to any Plan;

          (iv)   Terminate,  or permit an  ERISA  Affiliate  to  terminate,  any
Benefit Plan which would result in any liability of the Borrower,  the Corporate
Guarantors or an ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA; or

          (v)    Fail, or  permit  any  ERISA  Affiliate  to  fail, to  pay  any
required  installment  under section (m) of Section 412 of the Code or any other
payment  required  under  Section  412 of the Code on or before the due date for
such installment or other payment.

     SECTION  7.06  AMENDMENT  OF ARTICLES  OF  INCORPORATION  OR  BY-LAWS.  The
Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit the  Corporate  Guarantors  to, amend,
modify or supplement  their  respective  articles of  incorporation  or By-Laws,
except upon at least ten (10) Business Days' prior express written notice to the
Lender.

     SECTION 7.07 MARGIN REGULATIONS.  The Borrower shall not permit any portion
of the proceeds of any Revolving  Credit Loans extended to be used in any manner
which might cause the extension of credit or the application of such proceeds to
violate  Regulation  U or  Regulation X or any other  regulation  of the Federal
Reserve Board or to violate the Securities  Exchange Act or the Securities  Act,
in each case as in effect  on the date or dates of such  Borrowing,  such use of
proceeds, such creation or such issuance.

     SECTION 7.08 CANCELLATION OF DEBT; PREPAYMENT.  The Borrower shall not, and
shall not permit the Corporate  Guarantors to, cancel any Claim or Debt,  except
for  adequate  consideration  and in the  ordinary  course  of their  respective
businesses,  or to  prepay  any  long-term  Debt;  provided,  however,  that the
                                                   --------   -------
foregoing shall not prohibit the prepayment of the Obligations.

     SECTION 7.09 ENVIRONMENTAL  LIABILITIES.  The Borrower shall not, and shall
not permit the Corporate  Guarantors to, become subject to any  Liabilities  and
Costs which the Lender deems has or is likely to have a Material  Adverse Effect
arising  out of or  related  to (i) the  Release  or  threatened  Release at any
location of any  Environmental  Concern  Material into the  Environment,  or any
Remedial Action in response thereto,  or (ii) any violation of any Environmental
Law, or any health or safety Requirement of Law; provided that this Section 7.09
                                                 -------- ----      ------------
shall not be violated so long as (a) the Borrower shall have notified the Lender
of the  assertion  of such  liability  or required  expenditures  promptly  upon
receiving  written  notice  of such  assertion,  (b)  the  Borrower  shall  have
continued to furnish the Lender with such  information  concerning such asserted
liability or required expenditure as the Lender shall have reasonably requested,
or


                                       51
<PAGE>
as otherwise  provided  herein,  (c) the Borrower  shall be diligently  pursuing
indemnification  for such  liability  or required  expenditures  from any Person
which has an obligation to provide such  indemnification,  and (d) the Lender is
satisfied  that the  imposition  of such  liability  during the  pendency of the
Borrower's pursuit of indemnification  will not materially impair the Borrower's
ability to perform its financial obligations under this Loan Agreement.

     SECTION 7.10 FISCAL YEAR.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit the
Corporate  Guarantors  to, change their  respective  Fiscal Year or permit their
respective Fiscal Year to end on a day other than December 31st.

     SECTION 7.11  GUARANTIES.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit the
Corporate  Guarantors  to assume,  guaranty,  endorse or  otherwise be or become
directly or contingently responsible or liable, for any Contingent Obligation of
any Person, except for:

          (i)   Contingent Obligations existing on the Closing Date as described
on Schedule 7.11(i) attached hereto;
   ----------------

          (ii)   Contingent Obligations by endorsement of negotiable instruments
for deposit or  collection  or similar  transactions  in the ordinary  course of
business; and

          (iii)  Contingent  Obligations  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course of
business after the date hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed  $750,000.00
at any time outstanding.

     SECTION  7.12 CHANGE IN  BUSINESS.  The  Borrower  shall not, and shall not
permit the  Corporate  Guarantors  to cause or permit a  material  change in the
nature  or  scope of their  businesses  as  conducted  on the  Closing  Date and
businesses  directly  related to such  businesses  and their  primary  source of
revenue shall be derived from information  technology and management consulting,
software development and associated services and products.

     SECTION 7.13 OTHER NEGATIVE PLEDGES.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit the Corporate Guarantors to incur, create or permit to exist any negative
pledge in any other  agreement  entered  into  between the Borrower or Corporate
Guarantor(s)  with any other  Person  except  where the  Borrower  or  Corporate
Guarantor may enter into an agreement in connection  with any Lien  permitted by
this  Agreement when such  prohibition  or limitation is by its terms  effective
only against the assets subject to such Lien.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS
                               -------------------

     The Borrower  covenants  and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date and
until  payment in full of all the  Obligations  unless the Lender shall give its
prior written consent to the effect otherwise, then:

     SECTION 8.01 MAXIMUM  CONSOLIDATED  CASH FLOW LEVERAGE RATIO.  The Borrower
shall  maintain a  Consolidated  Cash Flow Leverage  Ratio equal to or less than
2.50 to 1.0 for the


                                       52
<PAGE>
period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters  immediately  preceding said date
of determination taken together as one accounting period.

     SECTION 8.02 MINIMUM  CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH. The Borrower shall maintain a
Consolidated  Net  Worth  as of  not  less  than  ninety  (90%)  percent  of the
Consolidated  Net Worth as of September  30, 1998,  plus fifty (50%)  percent of
                                                    ----
positive net income commencing October 1, 1998 and thereafter at the end of each
Fiscal Year, to be not less than Consolidated Net Worth of the prior Fiscal Year
plus fifty (50%) percent of positive net income for such Fiscal Year.

     SECTION 8.03 CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower  shall not enter into any
agreement  to purchase  and/or pay for, or become  obligated  to pay for capital
expenditures, long term leases, Capital Leases or sale lease-backs, in an amount
at any time outstanding aggregating in excess of $5,000,000.00 during any Fiscal
Year, provided however, on a one (1) year carry-forward  basis, the Borrower may
incur Capital Expenditures not to exceed $8,000,000.00 during any Fiscal Year.

     SECTION 8.04 MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE  COVERAGE  RATIO.  The Borrower shall not
cause or permit the ratio, calculated on the basis of a rolling four quarters of
(a) Consolidated  EBITDA to (b) the sum of cash income tax expense plus interest
                                                                   ----
expense (including,  without  limitation,  the interest component of Capitalized
Lease  Obligations),  plus scheduled  principal  payments under any indebtedness
                      ----
(including,  without  limitation,  the principal  component of Capitalized Lease
Obligations  but  excluding  principal  payments,  if any,  due under  this Loan
Agreement), plus dividends or distributions paid or declared to be less than 1.4
            ----
to 1.0 as at the end of each Fiscal Quarter.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                     EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
                     --------------------------------------

     SECTION  9.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  occurrence  of any of the  following
events  with  the  passing  of any  applicable  notice  and cure  periods  shall
constitute an "Event of Default" under this Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred
to as an "Event of Default"):

          (i)    any representation  or warranty  made by the Borrower or any of
the  Corporate  Guarantors  or any  other  Person  in any of the Loan  Documents
furnished in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility,  shall prove to have
been false,  incorrect or misleading in any substantial and material  respect on
the date as of which made;

          (ii)   the  Borrower  shall  have  failed to make any  payment  of any
installment  of interest on the  Revolving  Credit Loan Note more than three (3)
days after its due date;

          (iii)  the  Borrower  shall   have  failed  to  make  any  payment  of
principal on the Revolving Credit Loan Note on its due date;

          (iv)   the  Borrower  or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall have
failed to duly observe or perform any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement  with
respect to the payment of moneys

                                       53
<PAGE>
on their part which is to be observed or performed  pursuant to the terms of the
Loan Documents,  other than the payment of principal and interest which shall be
governed by (ii) and (iii) above,  and such default shall have remained  uncured
for a period of fifteen (15) days after written  notice  thereof to the Borrower
or such Corporate Guarantors by the Lender;

          (v)    the  Borrower or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall  have
failed to duly observe any of the financial  covenants set forth in Article VIII
                                                                    ------------
hereof as of any date of determination;

          (vi)   the  Borrower  or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall have
failed to duly  observe or perform any  covenant,  condition or agreement on the
part of the Borrower or such  Corporate  Guarantors  to be observed or performed
pursuant  to the terms of the Loan  Documents  other than the  payment of moneys
which  shall be governed by Section  9.01 (ii),  (iii) and (iv) above,  and such
                            -----------------------------------
default  shall  have  remained  uncured  for a period of thirty  (30) days after
written  notice  thereof to the  Borrower or such  Corporate  Guarantors  by the
Lender;

          (vii)  the  Borrower or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall  have
applied  for or  consented  to the  appointment  of a  custodian,  receiver,  or
liquidator of all or a substantial part of their respective  assets; a custodian
shall have been appointed with or without  consent of the Borrower and/or any of
the Corporate  Guarantors;  the Borrower and/or any of the Corporate  Guarantors
shall  generally  not be paying their  respective  Debts as they become due; the
Borrower  and/or  any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall  have  made a general
assignment for the benefit of their  respective  creditors;  the Borrower and/or
any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  shall  have  filed a  voluntary  petition  in
bankruptcy,  or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement
with their respective creditors, or shall have taken advantage of any insolvency
law,  or shall have filed an answer  admitting  the  material  allegations  of a
petition in bankruptcy,  reorganization or insolvency proceeding;  a petition in
bankruptcy  shall  have  been  filed  against  the  Borrower  and/or  any of the
Corporate  Guarantors  and shall not have been  dismissed  for a period of sixty
(60)  consecutive  days,  or an order for relief  shall have been entered by the
appropriate  bankruptcy  court against the Borrower  and/or any of the Corporate
Guarantors under the Bankruptcy Code; or an order, judgment or decree shall have
been entered without the application, approval or consent of the Borrower and/or
any  of  the  Corporate  Guarantors  by  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction
appointing a receiver,  trustee,  custodian or liquidator of the Borrower and/or
any of the Corporate  Guarantors  of a  substantial  part of its assets and such
order,  judgment or decree shall have  continued  unstayed and in effect for any
period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

          (viii) writ of execution or  attachment or any  similar  process shall
be  issued  or  levied  against  all or any  part of or  interest  in any of the
Properties  of  the  Borrower  and/or  any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  or any
judgment involving monetary damages shall be entered against the Borrower and/or
any of the Corporate  Guarantors  which shall become a lien on the Borrower's or
any of said Corporate Guarantor's  Properties or any portion thereof or interest
therein  and such  execution,  attachment  or similar  process is not  released,
bonded, satisfied,  vacated or stayed within thirty (30) days after its entry or
levy,  and said writ of execution,  attachment,  levy or judgment  shall involve
monetary damages aggregating more than $1,000,000.00;

                                       54
<PAGE>
          (ix)   seizure or foreclosure of any of the Properties of the Borrower
and/or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  pursuant to process of law or by legal
self-help,  involving  monetary  damages  aggregating  more than  $1,000,000.00,
unless said seizure or  foreclosure  is stayed or bonded within thirty (30) days
after the occurrence of same;

          (x)    the voluntary  permanent  closing  of  business  or  ceasing of
operations of the Borrower and/or any of the Corporate Guarantors;

          (xi)   default by the Borrower and/or any of the Corporate  Guarantors
in any  of  the  terms  or  conditions  of any  agreement  (excluding  the  Loan
Documents)  covering  the payment of borrowed  money from the Lender  and/or any
other  creditor  (which with respect to any other creditor shall be in an amount
involving not less than  $1,000,000.00),  which default has been declared by the
Lender or said other creditor,  and said Debt with respect to any other creditor
shall have been accelerated;

          (xii)  the  occurrence  of a  Reportable  Event  with  respect to  the
Borrower and/or any of the Corporate Guarantors; or

          (xiii) a Change in Control shall occur.

     SECTION 9.02 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

          (i)    Acceleration. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Event of Default described in the foregoing  Section  9.01(vii) hereof,  the
                                                 ------------------
Revolving Credit Facility shall automatically and immediately  terminate and the
unpaid  principal  amount of any and all  accrued  interest  and fees due on the
Revolving Credit Loans outstanding shall  automatically  become  immediately due
and payable,  with all additional interest from time to time accrued thereon and
without  presentment,  demand,  or  protest  or other  requirements  of any kind
(including,   without   limitation,   valuation  and  appraisement,   diligence,
presentment, notice of intent to demand or accelerate and of acceleration),  all
of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,  and the obligation of the
Lender to make any Revolving  Credit Loans hereunder shall thereupon  terminate.
Upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of any other Event of Default
described  in Section  9.01  above,  the  Lender  may by  written  notice to the
              -------------
Borrower,  (a)  declare  that  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is  terminated,
whereupon  the  obligation  of the  Lender to make any  Revolving  Credit  Loans
hereunder shall immediately  terminate,  and/or (b) declare the unpaid principal
amount of and any and all accrued and unpaid  interest on the  Revolving  Credit
Loans to be, and the same shall  thereupon be,  immediately due and payable with
all  additional   interest  from  time  to  time  accrued  thereon  and  without
presentment,  demand,  or protest or other  requirements of any kind (including,
without limitation, valuation and appraisement,  diligence,  presentment, notice
of intent to demand or accelerate and of acceleration),  all of which are hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower.

          (ii)   Rights Under Loan Documents. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance  of any Event of  Default,  the Lender  may take any  lawful  action
against  the  Borrower  and/or any of the  Corporate  Guarantors  to collect the
payments then due and thereafter to become


                                       55
<PAGE>
due under the Loan Documents,  including,  without limitation,  the Agreement of
Guaranty.

          (iii)  Set-off.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
Event of  Default,  without  notice  or other  action  (any  such  notice  being
expressly  waived by the  Borrower) the Lender may set-off any money owed by the
Lender in any  capacity to the  Borrower or any  Property of the Borrower in the
possession of the Lender against any of the monetary obligations of the Borrower
to the Lender under the Loan  Documents,  and the Lender shall be deemed to have
exercised such right of set-off and to have made a charge against any such money
or property immediately, even though the actual book entries may be made at some
time subsequent thereto.

     SECTION 9.03 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

          (i)    All payments and proceeds received  under  Section 9.02 of this
                                                            ------------
Loan Agreement shall be applied in the following order of priority:

                 (a) First,  to the payment of all  reasonable  fees,  costs and
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorney's fees and expenses)  incurred by the
Lender and/or its agents or  representatives  in connection with the realization
of such payments or proceeds;

                 (b) Next,  to  the  payment  in full of all  unpaid  principal,
accrued  interest  and other sums,  if any,  due and owing  under the  Revolving
Credit Facility; and,

                 (c) Next, the  balance, if any, of such payments,  proceeds, or
amounts to the  Borrower,  or, if otherwise  determined  by a court of competent
jurisdiction, to whomever may be entitled thereto.

          (ii)   If the amount of the proceeds received in Section 9.03(i) above
                                                           ---------------
shall be insufficient to satisfy in full the amounts  referred to in clauses (a)
and (b)  above,  then the  Borrower  shall  remain  and be  liable  for any such
deficiency.

     SECTION  9.04 NO NOTICES.  In order to entitle  the Lender to exercise  any
remedy  available to it under Section 9.02 of this Loan Agreement,  it shall not
                              ------------
be necessary for the Lender to give any notice, other than such notice as may be
required expressly in this Loan Agreement or by applicable law.

     SECTION  9.05  AGREEMENT  TO PAY  ATTORNEYS'  FEES AND  EXPENSES.  Upon the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default,  as a result of
which the Lender shall require and employ  attorneys or incur other expenses for
the  collection  of  payments  due  or to  become  due  or  the  enforcement  or
performance  or  observance  of any  obligation  or agreement on the part of the
Borrower contained herein, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay to the Lender, the
reasonable fees of such attorneys and such other expenses so incurred by them.

     SECTION 9.06 NO ADDITIONAL  WAIVER IMPLIED BY ONE WAIVER.  In the event any
agreement  contained in this Loan Agreement  should be breached by any party and
thereafter  waived by the other  parties,  such  waiver  shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and


                                       56
<PAGE>
shall not be deemed to waive any other breach hereunder.

     SECTION 9.07 FAILURE TO EXERCISE  RIGHTS.  Nothing herein  contained  shall
impose  upon the  Lender any  obligation  to enforce  any  terms,  covenants  or
conditions  contained  in this  Loan  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents.
Failure of the  Lender,  in any one or more  instances,  to insist  upon  strict
performance  by the Borrower of any terms,  covenants or conditions of this Loan
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  shall not be considered or taken as a
waiver or  relinquishment  by the  Lender  of its  right to  insist  upon and to
enforce in the future,  by  injunction or other  appropriate  legal or equitable
remedy,  strict  compliance  by the Borrower  with all the terms,  covenants and
conditions of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan  Documents.  The consent of
the Lender to any act or omission by the Borrower shall not be construed to be a
consent to any other or subsequent  act or omission or to waive the  requirement
for the Lender's consent to be obtained in any future or other instance.

     SECTION 9.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVE
ANY AND ALL  RIGHTS  THAT THEY MAY NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OR ANY STATE,  TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY AND ALL ISSUES
ARISING  EITHER  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BETWEEN THE
BORROWER,  THE  LENDER OR THEIR  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS,  OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED WITH THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.  IT IS INTENDED
THAT  SAID  WAIVER  SHALL  APPLY  TO  ANY  AND  ALL  DEFENSES,   RIGHTS,  AND/OR
COUNTERCLAIMS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER RECOGNIZE
THAT ANY DISPUTE  ARISING IN CONNECTION  WITH THE REVOLVING  CREDIT  FACILITY IS
LIKELY TO BE COMPLEX AND  CONSEQUENTLY  THEY WISH TO STREAMLINE AND MINIMIZE THE
COST OF THE DISPUTE  RESOLUTION  PROCESS BY AGREEING TO WAIVE THEIR  RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL.

     SECTION  9.09  REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  No remedy  herein  conferred  upon or
reserved  to the  Lender is  intended  to be  exclusive  of any other  remedy or
remedies;  but each and every such remedy shall be  cumulative,  and shall be in
addition to every other remedy given hereunder,  or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity or by  statute.  No express or implied  waiver by the Lender of
any Event of Default hereunder shall in any way be, or construed to be, a waiver
of any future or subsequent  Event of Default.  No delay or omission to exercise
any right or power  accruing upon any Event of Default  continuing as aforesaid,
shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any
such Event of Default, or acquiescence  therein;  and every such right and power
may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.


                                       57
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

     SECTION 10.01 EXPENSES.

          (i)   Generally. The Borrower covenants and agrees upon demand to pay,
or reimburse the Lender for, all the Lender's  reasonable  external  legal costs
and expenses  (but not internal  legal costs and  expenses) and all internal and
external  audit,  appraisal,  valuation and  investigation  expenses and for all
other  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and  expenses  of every  type and nature
(including,  without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements
of Reed Smith Shaw & McClay LLP and any other external attorneys retained by the
Lender, auditors, accountants, appraisers, insurance and environmental advisers,
and  other  consultants)  incurred  by the  Lender  in  connection  with (a) the
administration  of  this  Loan  Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and the
Revolving Credit Facility  including  consultation  with attorneys in connection
therewith and in connection with the amendment,  waiver or consents  required or
requested hereunder and (b) the protection,  collection or enforcement of any of
the Obligations.  For the purposes of this Section, the legal fees of counsel to
the Lender for the  preparation  and negotiation of the Loan Documents shall not
exceed $30,000.00 plus reasonable costs.

          (ii)  After  Default.   The Borrower  further  covenants and agrees to
pay,  or  reimburse  the  Lender  for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs  and
expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable external attorneys' fees and
disbursements,  and  costs  of  settlement  incurred  by the  Lender  after  the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default (a) in enforcing
any Obligation or exercising or enforcing any other right or remedy available by
reason of such Event of  Default,  (b) in  connection  with any  refinancing  or
restructuring of the credit  arrangements  provided under this Loan Agreement in
the nature of a "work-out" or in any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, (c) in
commencing,  defending or intervening in any litigation or in filing a petition,
complaint, answer, motion or other pleadings in any legal proceeding relating to
the Borrower  and/or any of the Corporate  Guarantors  and related to or arising
out of the transactions  contemplated thereby or by any of the Loan Documents or
(d) in taking  any other  action in or with  respect  to any suit or  proceeding
(whether in bankruptcy or otherwise).

     SECTION  10.02  INDEMNITY.  The Borrower  further  covenants  and agrees to
defend, protect,  indemnify,  and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and
against  any and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind
or nature whatsoever  (including,  without  limitation,  the reasonable fees and
disbursements  of counsel for the  Indemnified  Parties in  connection  with any
investigative,  administrative  or  judicial  proceeding,  whether  or  not  the
Indemnified  Parties shall be designated a party thereto),  imposed on, incurred
by, or asserted against the Indemnified  Parties  (whether  direct,  indirect or
consequential  and whether based on any Federal or state Laws or other statutory
regulations,  including, without limitation,  securities and commercial laws and
regulations,  under  common  law or at  equity,  or on  contract  or  otherwise,
including any liability and costs under Federal,  state or local  environmental,
health or safety laws, regulations, or common law principles, arising from or in
connection  with the past,  present  or future  environmental  condition  of the
Property or the Release or threatened Release of any

                                       58
<PAGE>
Environmental  Concern  Material into the Environment  from the Property) in any
manner  relating  to or  arising  out of this Loan  Agreement  or the other Loan
Documents,  or any act, event or transaction  related or attendant thereto,  the
making of and  participation in the Revolving Credit Facility and the management
of such Revolving Credit Loans or the use or intended use of the proceeds of the
Revolving Credit Facility hereunder  (collectively,  the "Indemnified Matters");
provided,  however,  that the  Borrower  shall  not have  any  obligation  to an
- --------   -------
Indemnified  Party  hereunder  with  respect  to  (a)  matters  for  which  such
Indemnified Party has been compensated  pursuant to or for which an exemption is
provided in Section 2.06 and Section 2.07 hereof or any other  provision of this
            ------------     ------------
Loan  Agreement  and (b)  Indemnified  Matters  caused by or resulting  from the
willful  misconduct or gross negligence of that Indemnified Party, as determined
by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  To the extent that the  undertaking  to
indemnify,  pay and hold  harmless  set forth in the  preceding  sentence may be
unenforceable  because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower
shall  contribute  the maximum  portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy
under applicable law, to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Matters
incurred by the Indemnified Parties.

     SECTION 10.03  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment or modification of any
provision  of this  Loan  Agreement  shall  be  effective  without  the  written
agreement of the Lender and the Borrower,  and no  termination  or waiver of any
provision of this Loan  Agreement,  or consent to any  departure by the Borrower
therefrom,  shall in any event be effective  without the written  concurrence of
the  Lender,  which the Lender  shall have the right to grant or withhold at its
sole discretion.

     SECTION 10.04 INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS.  All covenants  hereunder shall be
given  independent  effect so that if a  particular  action or  condition is not
permitted  by any of such  covenants,  the fact that it would be permitted by an
exception to, or be otherwise  within the limitations of, another covenant shall
not avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default if
such action is taken or condition exists.

     SECTION 10.05 NOTICES.  Unless otherwise specifically provided therein, any
notice or other communication  herein required or permitted to be given shall be
in  writing  and  may be  personally  served,  or  sent  by  confirmed  telecopy
transmission,  nationally  recognized overnight courier service or United States
mail and shall be deemed to have been given when  delivered in person or by said
courier service,  or upon receipt of a confirmed  telecopy  transmission  during
normal  business  hours or four (4)  Business  Days after  deposit in the United
States  mail  (registered  or  certified,  with  postage  prepaid  and  properly
addressed).  Notices to the Lender  pursuant  to Article II hereof  shall not be
                                                 ----------
effective until received by the Lender.  For the purposes hereof,  the addresses
of the parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided
in this  Section  10.05)  shall be as set forth below each  party's  name on the
         ---------------
signature  pages hereof,  or, as to each party,  at such other address as may be
designated  by such party in a written  notice to the other party.  A failure to
send the requisite copies does not invalidate an otherwise  properly sent notice
to the Borrower and/or the Lender.

     SECTION  10.06  SURVIVAL OF  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS.  All  agreements,
representations  and  warranties  made herein shall  survive the  execution  and
delivery of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                                       59
<PAGE>
     SECTION 10.07  MARSHALING;  RECOURSE TO SECURITY;  PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  The
Lender shall not be under any  obligation  to marshal any assets in favor of the
Borrower,  any of the Corporate  Guarantors or any other Person or against or in
payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that the Borrower and/or
any of the Corporate Guarantors make a payment or payments to the Lender, or the
Lender  enforces its rights and remedies  under the Loan  Documents or exercises
its right of  set-off,  and such  payment or  payments  or the  proceeds of such
enforcement  or  set-off  or any  part  thereof  are  subsequently  invalidated,
declared to be  fraudulent  or  preferential,  set aside  and/or  required to be
repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state
or  federal  law,  common  law or  equitable  cause,  then to the extent of such
recovery,  the obligation or part thereof  originally  intended to be satisfied,
and all  Liens,  right and  remedies  therefor  (to the extent  permissible  and
practicable under the law and the circumstances), shall be revived and continued
in  full  force  and  effect  as if  such  payment  had  not  been  made or such
enforcement or set-off had not occurred.

     SECTION 10.08  SEVERABILITY.  In case any provision in or obligation  under
this Loan  Agreement  or the other Loan  Documents  shall be held to be invalid,
illegal  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction,  the  validity,  legality  and
enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  or  obligations  under  the  Loan
Agreement  or the  other  Loan  Documents  shall not in any way be  affected  or
impaired  thereby.  The  invalidating,   illegality  or  unenforceability  of  a
particular  provision  in  a  particular  jurisdiction  shall  not  render  such
provision invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 10.09  GOVERNING LAW. This Loan Agreement shall be governed by, and
shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
Jersey.

     SECTION 10.10  SUCCESSORS  AND ASSIGNS.  This Loan  Agreement and the other
Loan  Documents  shall be binding upon the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and assigns. The Borrower's Obligations hereunder may not be assigned
to any Person  without the prior  express  written  consent of the  Lender.  The
Lender may assign,  transfer, sell, participate or convey all or any part of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility to any Person  without the consent of the  Borrower,
provided such assignment,  transfer,  sale, participation or conveyance shall be
in minimum  amounts of  $5,000,000.00.  The Lender agrees to promptly notify the
Borrower  in  writing of any sale or  participation  by the Lender of all or any
part of the Revolving Credit Facility.

     SECTION 10.11 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS.  ALL JUDICIAL
PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE BORROWER WITH RESPECT TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND
THE  REVOLVING  CREDIT LOAN NOTE MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF
COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY
OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT,  THE BORROWER ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH
ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF
THE AFORESAID COURTS,  AND IRREVOCABLY  AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL JUDGMENT
RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LOAN


                                       60
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT AND THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN NOTE FROM WHICH NO APPEAL HAS BEEN TAKEN
OR IS AVAILABLE.  THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF
ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING
OF COPIES  THEREOF BY  REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED  MAIL,  POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO ITS
NOTICE ADDRESS  SPECIFIED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF,  SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME
EFFECTIVE  TEN (10)  DAYS  AFTER  SUCH  MAILING.  THE  BORROWER  AND THE  LENDER
IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,  ANY OBJECTION OF
THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE  GROUNDS OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS)  WHICH IT
MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING  WITH
RESPECT TO THIS LOAN  AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT IN ANY  JURISDICTION
SET FORTH ABOVE.  NOTHING  HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY
OTHER  MANNER  PERMITTED  BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY LENDER TO BRING
PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

     SECTION  10.12  COUNTERPARTS;  EFFECTIVENESS;  INCONSISTENCIES.  This  Loan
Agreement and any amendments,  waivers, consents, or supplements may be executed
in counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original,  but all such  counterparts  together shall constitute but one and the
same instrument.  This Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall
be construed to the extent  reasonable to be consistent one with the other,  but
to the extent that the terms and  conditions of this Loan Agreement are actually
inconsistent  with the terms and  conditions of any other Loan  Documents,  this
Loan Agreement shall govern.

     SECTION 10.13 CONSTRUCTION. The parties acknowledge that each party and its
counsel have  reviewed and revised this Loan  Agreement and that the normal rule
of construction  to the effect that any  ambiguities are to be resolved  against
the  drafting  party shall not be employed  in the  interpretation  of this Loan
Agreement or any amendments or exhibits hereto.

     SECTION 10.14 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Loan Agreement,  taken together with
all of the  other  Loan  Documents  and all  certificates  and  other  documents
delivered by the  Borrower or any other Person to the Lender,  embody the entire
agreement and supersede all prior agreements,  written and oral, relating to the
subject matter hereof.

     SECTION  10.15  CONFIDENTIALITY.  All  information  furnished to the Lender
under this  Agreement  shall be received and  maintained by the Lender in strict
confidence  and in  accordance  with  applicable  Law,  and the Lender shall not
disseminate  said  information  to any Person,  except where  required by and in
accordance with applicable Law or where contemplated by the Loan Documents.  The
Lender agrees that it shall not take any action or omit to take any action which
would cause or result in the violation of Law (including without limitation, any
export control law) by the Borrower.


                                       61
<PAGE>
     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to
be executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized corporate officers
as  appropriate,  and the Borrower has caused its corporate  seal to be hereunto
affixed and attested  pursuant to the resolution of its Board of Directors,  all
on the day and year first hereinabove written.

ATTEST:                                  INTELLIGROUP, INC., as Borrower


By: /s/John F. Cinque                    By: /s/Ashok Pandey
   ----------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                             Ashok Pandey, Co-Chairman

                                         NOTICE ADDRESS:
                                         ---------------
           [SEAL]                        Intelligroup, Inc.
                                         499 Thornall Street
                                         Edison, New Jersey  08837
                                         Attn: Rod Dorsey
                                         Facsimile No.: (732) 362-2100

                                         WITH A COPY TO:
                                         ---------------
                                         Buchanan Ingersoll
                                         500 College Road East
                                         Princeton, New Jersey  08540
                                         Attn:  David J. Sorin, Esq.
                                         Facsimile No. (609) 520-0360

                                         PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                         as Lender


                                         By: /s/ Edward D. Harrington
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Edward D. Harrington, Vice President

                                         NOTICE ADDRESS:
                                         ---------------
                                         PNC Bank, National Association
                                         Two Tower Center Boulevard
                                         East Brunswick, New Jersey  08837
                                         Attn:  Edward D. Harrington,
                                                Vice President
                                         Facsimile No.:  (732) 220-3629

                                         WITH A COPY TO:
                                         ---------------
                                         Reed Smith Shaw & McClay LLP
                                         136 Main Street, Suite 250
                                         Princeton Forrestal Village
                                         Princeton, New Jersey 08540
                                         Attn:  James A. Dempsey, Esq.
                                         Facsimile No.: (609) 951-0824

                             Fifth Amendment to the
                        Implementation Partner Agreement
                                     between
                     Intelligroup, Inc. and PeopleSoft, Inc.


THIS Fifth Amendment to the Implementation Partner Agreement  ("Amendment") is
made and entered into on 15 July,  1998  ("Amendment  Effective  Date") by and
between PeopleSoft, Inc. ("PeopleSoft") and Intelligroup, Inc. ("Licensee").

The parties hereby agree that the  Implementation  Partner Agreement between the
parties, dated July 15, 1997 ("Agreement") is amended to provide as follows:

1.   Definitions.  Unless otherwise  defined herein,  capitalized  terms used in
this shall have the same meaning as those used in the Agreement.

2.   Term.  The term of the  Agreement is hereby  extended for one year and will
expire on 15 July, 1999, subject to the original terms of the Agreement.

3.   Membership Fees. The Annual Alliance Program Membership/Partner Fee
for the extended term is $20,000.

4.   Conflict.  In the event of any  conflicts  or  inconsistencies  between the
provisions of this  Amendment and the  Agreement  and/or any  amendments/addenda
thereto,  the provisions of this Amendment  shall prevail.  The remainder of the
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unamended.



ACCEPTED BY:                              ACCEPTED BY:
INTELLIGROUP, INC.                        PEOPLESOFT, INC.


/s/ Samar Mismra                          /s/ Jeff McClure
- ------------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Authorized Signature                      Authorized Signature


Samar Mismra, Associate Partner           Jeff McClure, Dir. Service Alliances
- ------------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Printed Name and Title                    Printed Name and Title



                                   Amendment
                           effective January 1, 1999
                                       to
                  National Implementation Partner Agreement
                                  ("Agreement")
                                     between
                            SAP America, Inc. ("SAP")
                                       and
                         Intelligroup, Inc. ("Partner")
                            effective April 29, 1997


As of the issuance date of January 1, 1999,  this  Amendment  modifies the above
referenced  Agreement  between  the  parties.  In each  instance  in  which  the
provisions of this Amendment  contradict or are inconsistent with the provisions
of the Agreement,  the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail and govern and
the contradicted or inconsistent provisions shall be deemed amended accordingly.

SAP and Partner agree that the Agreement effective April 29, 1997 is modified as
follows:

1.   Delete section 7 (a) in its entirety, and insert in lieu thereof.

     "(a) This Agreement  shall have a term expiring on December 31, 1999,  with
     automatic  renewals for one (1) year periods unless, at least six (6) weeks
     prior to a scheduled renewal date, either party gives written notice of its
     intentions not to renew this Agreement."

EXCEPT AS HEREIN  PROVIDED,  NONE OF THE  PROVISIONS OF THE  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE
AFFECTED BY THIS AMENDMENT.


ACCEPTED BY:                              ACCEPTED BY:
SAP America, Inc.
SAP                                       Intelligroup, Inc.

BY:  /s/ Brad C. Brubaker                 BY:  /s/ Robin Kearon
   -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------


NAME:  Brad C. Brubaker                   NAME:  Robin Kearon
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------


TITLE:  Vice President                    TITLE:  Vice President, SAP Practice
      --------------------------------          --------------------------------


                                  Subsidiaries:


     Intelligroup New Zealand Limited, a corporation formed pursuant to the laws
of New Zealand and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Intelligroup  Europe Limited,  a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of
the United Kingdom and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

          CPI Resources, a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of the United
          Kingdom and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup Europe Limited.

          CPI Consulting  Limited,  a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of
          the United  Kingdom  and 70% owned by CPI  Resources  and 30% owned by
          Intelligroup Europe Limited.

     Intelligroup  Singapore Private Ltd., a corporation  formed pursuant to the
laws of  Singapore  and 50% owned by each of  Intelligroup,  Inc.,  and Rajkumar
Koneru,  Chief Executive Officer,  President of U.S.  Operations and Director of
Intelligroup, Inc.

     Intelligroup  Nordic  A/S, a  corporation  formed  pursuant  to the laws of
Denmark and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Intelligroup  Australia Pty Limited,  a corporation  formed pursuant to the
laws of Australia and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Intelligroup Asia Private,  Ltd., a corporation formed pursuant to the laws
of India, and 99.8% owned and wholly-controlled subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Azimuth  Consulting  Limited,  a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of
New Zealand and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

          Azimuth Consulting Philippines, Inc., a corporation formed pursuant to
          the laws of the Philippines  and a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Azimuth
          Consulting Limited.

     Azimuth Holdings Limited,  a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of New
Zealand and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

          Azimuth  Holdings Pty Limited,  a corporation  formed  pursuant to the
          laws of Australia and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Azimuth  Holdings
          Limited.

          Azimuth  Consulting   Australia  Pty  Limited,  a  corporation  formed
          pursuant to the laws of Australia  and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
          Azimuth Holdings Limited.


<PAGE>

     Braithwaite  Richmond Limited, a corporation formed pursuant to the laws of
New Zealand and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Azimuth Corporation Limited, a corporation formed pursuant to the laws
of New Zealand and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intelligroup, Inc.

          New Zealand  Public  Information  Management  Limited,  a  corporation
          formed  pursuant  to  the  laws  of  New  Zealand  and a  wholly-owned
          subsidiary of Azimuth Corporation Limited.

     Network Publishing,  Inc., a Utah corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Intelligroup, Inc.

     Empower,  Inc., a Michigan  corporation  and a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Intelligroup, Inc.





                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Intelligroup, Inc.:

     As independent public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the incorporation
by  reference  of our  report  included  in this Form 10-K,  into the  Company's
previously  filed  Registration   Statement  File  Nos.  333-31809,   333-56143,
333-67583 and 333-73051.

                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Princeton, New Jersey
March 30, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND> 
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND FOR THE TWELVE MONTH
PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 WHICH ARE INCLUDED IN THE  REGISTRANT'S FORM 10-K
AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001016439
<NAME>                        Intelligroup, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         4,245
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  42,314
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (1,053)
<INVENTORY>                                    0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               49,877
<PP&E>                                         12,296
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (2,790)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 65,728
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          20,266
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       136
<OTHER-SE>                                     44,784
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   65,728
<SALES>                                        144,861
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               144,861
<CGS>                                          94,203
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  94,203
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               38,688
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             120
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                12,090
<INCOME-TAX>                                   4,416
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            7,674
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   7,674
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .57 <F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .55 <F2>
<FN>
<F1>      This amount represents Basic Earnings per Share in accordance with the
          requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128 -
          "Earnings per Share".

<F2>      This amount  represents  Diluted Earnings per Share in accordance with
          the  requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
          128 - "Earnings per Share".
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND> 
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND FOR THE TWELVE MONTH
PERIOD  ENDED  DECEMBER  31, 1997 WHICH ARE  INCLUDED IN THE  REGISTRANT'S  FORM
10-KSB  AND  IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO  SUCH  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001016439
<NAME>                        Intelligroup, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         8,821
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  28,691
<ALLOWANCES>                                   799
<INVENTORY>                                    0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               37,866
<PP&E>                                         5,173
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (1,392)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 42,006
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          8,194
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       133
<OTHER-SE>                                     33,075
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   42,006
<SALES>                                        94,326
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               94,326
<CGS>                                          65,535
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  65,535
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               22,060
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             257
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                6,988
<INCOME-TAX>                                   2,327
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            4,661
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   4,661
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .37 <F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .36 <F2>
<FN>
<F1>      This amount represents Basic Earnings per Share in accordance with the
          requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128 -
          "Earnings per Share".

<F2>      This amount  represents  Diluted Earnings per Share in accordance with
          the  requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
          128 - "Earnings per Share".
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND> 
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND FOR THE TWELVE MONTH
PERIOD  ENDED  DECEMBER  31, 1996 WHICH ARE  INCLUDED IN THE  REGISTRANT'S  FORM
10-KSB  AND  IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO  SUCH  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001016439
<NAME>                        Intelligroup, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         0
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  0
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               0
<PP&E>                                         0
<DEPRECIATION>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 0
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          0
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                     0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   0
<SALES>                                        61,699
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               61,699
<CGS>                                          43,142
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  43,142
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               14,544
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             (336)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                2,678
<INCOME-TAX>                                   748
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            1,930
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                1,148
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   782
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .07 <F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .06 <F2>
<FN>
<F1>      This amount represents Basic Earnings per Share in accordance with the
          requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128 -
          "Earnings per Share".

<F2>      This amount  represents  Diluted Earnings per Share in accordance with
          the  requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
          128 - "Earnings per Share".
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission